Product Detail Manual

2014-11-11

: Pdf 84524-Attachment 84524-Attachment 757317 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 248 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

WORLDWIDE

SALES AND SERVICES

North America

Tel: +1 440 366 6966

Fax: +1 440 366 6802

Email: engsupport@gomultilink.com

Europe, Middle East & Africa Latin & South America

Tel: +1 954 499 9203

Mobile: +1 305 684 2388

Email: quin7594@bellsouth.net

Tel: +1 440 366 6966

Fax: +1 440 366 6802

Email: engsupport@gomultilink.com

95%

of all Multilink products are manufactured in the USA.

What that means to you is faster delivery, better quality products,

and the satisfaction of knowing you are keeping American workers

employed.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

PATENTS & INNOVATIONS

2011

Downspout Raceway System - Pat# 7,964,804 B2

Industry's First Online Fiber Box Congurator

2010

Flex Grid Internal Mounting on Plastic Boxes

2009

Slack Cable Storage Box - Pat# 7,477,829 B2

2008

Slack Cable Storage Box w/ Adjustable Height Spools - Pat# 7,359,611 B1

Slack-N-Roll Storage Device

Dual Wall Heat Transfer System For Outdoor Enclosures

Downspout Raceway

2007

First Web Video Installation Training For Fusion Splicing Training

First Web Video Installation Instruction Training For Power Supply

FTTx Fiber Optic Slack Storage Enclosure

FTTx Overlay Molding For Existing Molding

FTTx Exterior Fiber Optic Slack Storage Enclosure

2005

Drop Fiber Sno-Shoe - Pat# D450,042S

Mulitpath Pavement Duct System

5 Amp Min. Stand By Power Supply

Direct Core Cooling

Open Face Molding

2004

Compression Seal Technology Dome Enclosure

Tech Bag For Handling Converters

2002

Communication Cable Clip - Pat# 6,378,814 B1

2001

Battery Power Supply Source Of Uninterruptible Power Supply - Pat# 6,268,665 B1

2000

Release Of 1st Airow Power Supply Cabinet - Pat# 6,932443 B1

1999

Patented The 1st UPS With Polarity Of Inverters CCP Tech - Pat# 5,994,793

1998

Fiber Optic Splice Case - Pat# 5,732,180

1997

First Cable Identication Tag - Pat# 387,811

1993

Patented And Trademarked First Plastic Sno-Shoe - Pat# 5,408,571

Architectural Cove Molding For Housing Cable Wires - Pat# D332,941

1992

Patented First Low Cost Torque Wrench - Pat# 5,152,200

1991

Patented Coring And Stripping Tool For Dielectric Cable - Pat# 5,023,995

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Table Of Contents

Network Product Solutions

Volume 3

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures 5-15

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures 16-25

Splice Trays 26-27

Fiber Pedestals 28

Pre-Terminated Conguration 29-31

Loaded Adapter Panels 32-34

Blank Adapter Panels 35

Adapters 36-37

Fiber Termination Modules & Splitters 38-40

Pigtails & Jumpers 41-48

Fiber Tools 49-53

Fiber Management 54-59

Starghter Splice Closures 61-73

Splice Trays 74-75

Slack Storage 76-79

Grounding/Bonding 80

Cable Identication 81-83

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures 84-99

Trac Products 10 0 -112

Multi-Dwelling Units 113-134

Plastic Demarcation Enclosures 135-150

Gel-Seal 151-152

Drop Splice Hardware 153-156

Raceway 157-194

Raceway Accessories 195-197

Tools and Accessories 198-202

FlexPower 206-207

EB1 208-209

MP Plus 210-211

Black Hawk 212-213

Little Hawk 214

Non-Standby Power Supplies 219

Power Cabinets 222-233

Enclosure Accessories 234-241

MQ Cabinets 242-246

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Multilink’s Family of Rack Mount Enclosures

Application

The Multilink family of rack mounted optical termination and in-rack splice enclosures are designed for the

interconnection of patch cables, a combination of patching and splicing, or in-rack splicing. All of the enclosures are

equipped with universal 19” or 23” rack mounting brackets. The product line supports from 2 to 24 termination panels in

a variety of standard RU enclosures. Termination Shelves (TS) are designed with a slide out master panel shelf and allows

for storage of splice trays behind the master termination panel. The Patch Splice (PS) enclosures have two separate slide

out shelves: One with a termination master panel; the other with a tray support bracket and hinged trays. Swing out (SO)

enclosures are designed for narrow depth applications with a hinged swing out master panel and splice tray storage.

Features & Benets

• Steel and aluminum with a polyester powder coat nish in either standard Black or O White

• Universal mounting with reversible 19” or 23” mounting brackets

• Swing out or Slide out master termination and splice tray panels

• Patching and splicing capabilities

• Removable front and rear doors for maximum access

• Improved access to network terminations or splices

• Flexibility in rack space with a variety of solutions

• Complete family of low, medium and high capacity distribution

• Available with pre-terminated cabling or pigtails

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Swing-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units

Multilink in-rack mounted termination enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions.

Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19” or 23” mounting. Slide out and swing out master panel

style enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. Each enclosure can be ordered fully terminated with

cabling or pigtails from the factory, saving valuable installation time and in-eld labor expenses. Products with your

customized logo are available for OEM or other applications. Units are available in standard Black or O White.

FRM-1RU-2X-SO

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4323 (Black)

10-4325 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 1RU in height with 2 termination

panel capacity and swing out master panel tray

1.75” H x 17” W x 11.0” D

12 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FRM-2RU-4X-SO

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4327 (Black)

10-4326 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 4 termination

panel capacity and swing out master panel tray

3.5” H x 17” W x 11.0” D

13 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Removable Top Style Fiber Distribution Units

FRM-1RU-3X-TS-S

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-115-10 (Black)

045-115-11 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 1RU in height with split top design

and slide out master panel tray

1.75” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

15 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(3) Panels

(1) 2000-SSTA

FRM-2RU-6X-TS-S

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-083-10 (Black)

045-083-11 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 6 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

3.50” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

19 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(6) Panels

(3) 2000-SSTA

FRM-3RU-9X-TS-S

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-152-10 (Black)

045-152-11 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 3RU in height with 9 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

20.5 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(9) Panels

(5) 2000-SSTA

FRM-4RU-12X-TS-S

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-591-10 (Black)

045-591-11 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with 12 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

6.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

26 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(12) Panels

(8) 2000-SSTA

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

FRM-2RU-6X-TS-HD

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-382-10 (Black)

045-382-11 (O White)

High Density Rack Mount FDU 2RU with split top

design and locking slide out master panel tray

3.5” H x 17” W x 16” D

Powder Coated Aluminum

(6) Panels

(4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-339-10 (Black)

045-339-11 (O White)

High Density Rack Mount FDU 1RU with split top

design and locking slide out master panel tray

1.75” H x 17” W x 16” D

17 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(3) Panels

(2) 4072-SSTP

FRM-3RU-9X-TS-HD

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-418-10 (Black)

045-418-11 (O White)

High Density Rack Mount FDU 3RU with split top

design and locking slide out master panel tray

5.25” H x 17” W x 16” D

Powder Coated Aluminum

(9) Panels

(6) 4072-SSTP

FRM-4RU-12X-TS-HD

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-391-10 (Black)

045-391-11 (O White)

High Density Rack Mount FDU 4RU with split top

design and locking slide out master panel tray

7” H x 17” W x 16” D

Powder Coated Aluminum

(12) Panels

(8) 4072-SSTP

High Density Fiber Distribution Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

High Density Fiber Distribution Units

FRM-8RU-24X-TS-HD

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-583-10 (Black)

045-583-11 (O White)

High Density Rack Mount FDU 8RU in height with

split top design and slide out master panel tray

13.88” H x 17” W x 16” D

Powder Coated Aluminum

(24) Panels

(16) 4072-SSTP

Features & Benets

• 72 Fiber capacity in 1 Rack Unit

• Convenient split-top design

• Durable powder coat nish available in

black or o white

• Patching and splicing capabilities

• Locking master panel

• Increased ber management

• Available pre-terminated

FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD

Stock ID: 045-339-10

This rack mounted ber

distribution unit provides high density

ber capacity of up to 72 bers when utilizing

the adapter panels shown and two of our 4072-SSTP

splice trays (not included). The slide out master panel tray locks

into the retracted and fully extended positions. The split top design

allows for easy termination access while bridge lances that run along the front

of the unit provide easy tie down ability for ber management entering or exiting the

unit.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Slide-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units

FRM-2RU-4X-TS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Finish

Weight

Capacity

Splice Tray

10- 4457 (Black - Steel)

10- 4533 (Black - Aluminum)

10- 4453 (O White - Aluminum)

Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 4 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

3.5” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

Polyester Powder Coated

Steel - 22 lbs.

Aluminum - 12 lbs.

(4) Panels

(2) 2000-SSTA

FRM-3RU-6X-TS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Finish

Weight

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4538 (Black - Steel)

10-4540 (Black - Aluminum)

10-4455 (O White - Aluminum)

Rack Mount FDU 3RU in height with 6 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

Polyester Powder Coated

Steel - 24 lbs.

Aluminum - 13 lbs.

(6) Panels

(3) 2000-SSTA

FRM-4RU-12X-TS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Finish

Weight

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4534 (Black - Steel)

10-4536 (Black - Aluminum)

10-4456 (O White - Aluminum)

Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with 12 termination

panel capacity and slide out master panel tray

7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

Polyester Powder Coated

Steel - 26 lbs.

Aluminum - 14 lbs.

(12) Panels

(8) 2000-SSTA

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

*Adapter Panels And Splice Trays Not Included In Units

Slide-Out Style Combination Patch & Splice Distribution Units

FRM-8RU-24X-TS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4546 (Black)

10-4545 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 8.5RU in height with 24

termination panel capacity and dual slide out

master panel trays

14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

19 lbs.

060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(24) Panels

(16) 2000-SSTA (8 trays on each Slide out Master

Panel Tray)

FRM-4RU-4X-PS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-5270 (Black)

10-2146 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with slide out master

panel with 4 termination capacity and separate

splice out splice tray panel

7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

16 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(4) Panels

(4) 4048-SSTP or (4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-8RU-12X-PS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-8584 (Black)

10-8585 (O White)

Rack Mount FDU 8.5RU in height with slide out

master panel with 12 termination capacity and

separate splice out splice tray panel

14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

20 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(12) Panels

(8) 4048-SSTP or (8) 4072-SSTP

Slide-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Style Splice Shelves

FRM-3RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-8572 (Black)

10-8574 (O White)

Rack Mount 3RU in height slide out master splice

tray support panel

5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(4) 24 Fiber Splice Trays

(4) 4048-SSTP or (4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-4RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-8568 (Black)

10-8570 (O White)

Rack Mount 4RU in height slide out master splice

tray support panel

7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(8) 24 Fiber Splice Trays

(8) 4048-SSTP or (8) 4072-SSTP

FRM-8RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-8558 (Black)

10-8583 (O White)

Rack Mount 8.5RU in height slide out master splice

tray support panel

14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(16) 24 Fiber Splice Trays (8 on each shelf)

(16) 4048-SSTP or (16) 4072-SSTP

*Splice Trays Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

In-Rack Patch Enclosure Solutions

Rack / Wall Mount Enclosure

FF-RM-12X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

10-1038 (Black)

10-6450 (O White)

Rack Mount 4RU in height xed master panel with

integrated horizontal and vertical jumper guides

7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D

9.5 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Aluminum

(12) Panels

FRWM-1RU-3X-TS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

045-236-10 (Black)

Rack or Wall Mount 1RU in height with xed

bulkhead bracket and large ber management

spools

1.75” H x 17” W x 13.8” D

16 lbs.

.060” Powder Coated Steel

(3) Panels

(1) 2000-SSTA

FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

045-586-10 (Black)

Rack Mount 1RU in height made for a 19” or 23” rack

width. Features slide-o cover, 2 xed bulkhead

positions, and 2 captive grommets for cable entry.

1.72” H x 12.25” W x 7.68” D (excluding brackets)

5.1 lbs.

Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(1) 612-SSTP Splice Tray

Shown with covers removed

Main unit is oset 15/16” from front of brackets

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

The Multilink Rack Mount Sliding Drawer Shelf is available 1RU or 2RU in

height and designed for 19” rack mounting only. Drawer fully extends

from rack and can also be used as a shelf for a laptop or test equipment.

(Includes mounting hardware)

Sliding Drawer Shelves

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

1RU - 045-372-10

2RU - 045-163-10

19” Rack Mount Drawer

1RU - 1.75” H x 19” W x 16.02” D

2RU - 3.65” H x 19” W x 16.02” D

Powder Coated Aluminum

1RU - 1.27” H x 16.25” W x 15.63” D

2RU - 3.54” H x 16.25” W x 15.63” D

FRM-1RU-3X Bulkhead

Stock ID

Description

Material

Capacity

065-060-10

19” Rack Mount Patch Panel 1RU w/ 10-32 & 12-24

hardware included

Powder Coated Steel

3 Adapter Panels

FRM-RU Filler Panels

Stock ID

Description

Material

1RU - 072-046-10

2RU - 072-046-20

3RU - 072-046-30

4RU - 072-046-40

19” Rack Mount Filler Panels

Powder Coated Steel

FRM-1RU-3X Bulkhead w/ Shelf

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

072- 035-10

19” Rack Mount Bulkhead with Shelf for Slack

Storage w/ 10-32 & 12-24 hardware included

1.75” H x 19” W x 8” D

Powder Coated Steel

3 Adapter Panels

FRM-1RU Shelf

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

072- 043-10

19” Rack Mount Shelf 1RU

1.75” H x 19” W x 12” D

Powder Coated Steel

30 lbs.

Optional Rack Mount Equipment

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Strain Relief Kit (2RU or larger)

Stock ID

Description

Diameter

Material

Grommets

065-151-10

Strain Relief Bracket for Rack Mount Enclosures

Ø.300 - .790”

Powder coated steel, rubber grommets

(1) Ø .300 - .400”, (1) Ø .410 - .500”, (1) Ø .510 - .790”

Rack Enclosure Accessories

Lock & Key for Rack Mount Enclosures

Stock ID

Description

99534

Lock and Key for Lexan Doors of Rack Mount

Enclosures

Ask for 99534 to be installed on your rack mount enclosure

Strain Relief Kit (1RU)

Stock ID

Description

Material

065-249-10

Strain Relief Bracket for 1RU Rack Mount Enclosures

with bracket and tie straps

Powder coated steel, plastic straps

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Multilink’s Family of Wall Mount Enclosures

The Multilink family of wall mounted optical termination enclosures are designed to provide solutions for both the

interconnection of patch cabling and a combination of patching and splicing. The family accommodates from a single

termination panel up to 16 termination panels. Depending on the type of optical termination panel used, enclosures can

support up to 192 terminations. The family of enclosures is separated into several application specic groups to support

the level of termination capacity and feature sets required for the enclosures mount location.

Features & Benets

• Durable Steel or Aluminum with a polyester powder coat nish in either standard Black or O White.

• Several units are designed with additional means of security but maintaining ease in access for craft personnel.

• Individual compartments for separation of network and distribution terminations.

• Wide range of sizes and feature sets to accommodate specic application requirements.

• Easy to install, load, and maintain.

• Available with loaded termination panels and pre-connectorized pigtails.

• Durable construction.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

WM-2X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-7944 Black Only

Wall mount single outer door construction grade

distribution unit with 2 termination panel capacity

9.25” H x 13” W x 3.5” D

7 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

WM-4X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-7945 Black Only

Wall mount single outer door construction grade

distribution unit with 4 termination panel capacity

11.5” H x 13” W x 3.5” D

8 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

WM-8X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-7790 Black Only

Wall mount single outer door construction grade

distribution unit with inner network compartment

security door and 8 termination panel capacity

12” H x 17” W x 6” D

15 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(8) Panels

(8) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

Standard Single Outer Door Fiber Distribution Units

Multilink wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided

into several groups to meet application specic requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added

Security, NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. Products with your customized logo are available for OEM or other applications. Units are

available in standard Black or O White unless specied.

MultiLite Construction Grade Fiber Distribution Units

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

FWM-1X-SP

Stock ID

Description

Panels

Dimensions

Fiber Capacity

Material

Coating

045-187-10 / FWM-1X-SP-BK, Black

045-187-11 / FWM-1X-SP-OW, O White

Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for

inter connectivity and termination of optical bers

(1) Multilink Adapter Panels

(see individual panel capacities)

6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D

(12) Single Splice Holder

18 Gauge Steel

Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available

in Black & O White

Standard Single Outer Door Fiber Distribution Units

FWM-2X-PH

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-178-10 (Black)

045-178-11 (O White)

Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for

inter connectivity and termination of optical ber

10” H x 8.22” W x 3.81” D

16 GA Gauge Steel

(2) Multilink Adapter Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FWM-1X

Stock ID

Description

Panels

Dimensions

Fiber Capacity

Material

Coating

045-164-10 / FWM-1X-BK, Black

045-164-11 / FWM-1X-OW, O White

Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for

inter connectivity and termination of optical bers

(1) Multilink Adapter Panels

(see individual panel capacities)

6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D

(1) Fiber Spool

18 Gauge Steel

Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available

in Black & O White

*Adapter Panels And Fiber Are Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

FWM-4X-LC

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-1914 (Black)

10-2714 (O White)

Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with

inner network compartment security door and 4

termination panel capacity

12” H x 12” W x 3.5” D

9 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FWM-4X-D

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

99024BK (Black)

99024K (O White)

Wall mount dual outer door distribution unit

with lockable network compartment door and 4

termination panel capacity

10.8” H x 12” W x 4” D

10 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FWM-9X-D

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-5283 (Black)

10-5281 (O White)

Wall mount dual outer door distribution unit with

lockable network and distribution compartment

doors and 9 termination panel capacity

17” H x 21.2” W x 5” D

23 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(9) Panels

(3) 2000-SSTA

Standard Lockable Fiber Distribution Units

FWM-2X-LC

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-2012 (Black)

10-2730 (O White)

Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with

inner network compartment security door and 2

termination panel capacity

10.2” H x 12” W x 3.5” D

8 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

FWE288XH (Splice tray not included)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-063-10 (Black Only)

Economy 288 port wall mount unit, double door

17” H x 21.2” W x 5” D

23 LBS.

16 Gauge Steel

12 splice trays, single fusion, ribbon, or mechanical

(12) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

(12) 2000-SSTA

(12) 2020-SSTP

FWM-0X-N1-3

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-139-10 (Beige Only)

Wall mount splice tray storage and distribution unit

with padlockable and removable outer door.

3 Splice trays included.

17.5” H x 9” W x 4” D

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(3) Splice Trays

112 0 -SS TA

Splice Tray Management & Storage Units

OSE 384/576

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-009-10 / OSE 384/576 Black

045-009-11 / OSE 384/576 O White

Wall mounted central splicing and cable

management enclosure

32” H x 30” W x 15.25” D

47 lbs.

.080” Aluminum

(16) Splice Trays

(16) 4048-SSTP or (16) 4072 SSTP

FIBER MANAGEMENT

Optical Splice Enclosure / OSE 384/576

Features & Benets

• Compact design with high splice storage capacity

• Single outer and removable door

• Lightweight but durable .080” Aluminum

• All Corrosion resistant materials with outer protective polyester powder coating

*Splice Trays And Fiber Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

FF-WM-2X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4469 (Black)

10-2539 (Beige)

10-6707 (O White)

Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution

unit with 2 termination panel capacity and

integrated network compartment and

removable style locking door

6” H x 12” W x 5.5” D

8 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FF-WM-4X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-4462 (Black)

10-2542 (Beige)

10-6706 (O White)

Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution

unit with 4 termination panel capacity and

integrated network compartment work shelf and

removable style locking door

11” H x 14” W x 4.5” D

12 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FF-WM-8X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-030-10 (Black)

045-030-11 (O White)

Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution

unit with 8 termination panel capacity and

integrated network compartment work shelf and

removable style locking door

16” H x 20” W x 6.5” D

24 lbs.

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(8) Panels

(4) 2000-SSTA

Added Security Dual Door Fiber Distribution Units

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

FWM-2X-N1 (with termination panel)

FWM-0X-N1 (without termination panel)

ICM-2X (optional termination panel)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

Compliances

10-4870 - FWM-2X-N1 (Beige Only)

10-9867 - FWM-0X-N1 (Beige Only)

10-7812 - ICM-2X

Wall mount distribution unit with lockable

and removable single outer door. Available as a 2

panel termination and splice or splice only unit

17.5” H x 9” W x 4” D

16 GA Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

(4 trays if no termination panel unit used)

NEMA Type 1

Outdoor Style Fiber Distribution Units

FWM-2X-N4D

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

Compliances

Mounting Kit

Pole Kit

045-060-10 (Beige Only)

Wall mount single outer door distribution

unit with lockable network compartment door

and 2 termination panel capacity

13” H x 13.7” W x 5.75” D

.08” Powder Coated Aluminum

(2) Panels

(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

NEMA Type 1, 4

(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)

072-105-11

072- 060 -10

FWM-4X-N4D

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

Compliances

Mounting Kit

Pole Kit

045-080-10 (Beige Only)

Wall mount single outer door distribution

unit with lockable network compartment door

and 4 termination panel capacity

14” H x 14” W x 7” D

.08” Powder Coated Aluminum

(4) Panels

(4) 2000-SSTA

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

NEMA Type 1, 4

(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)

072-105-11

072- 051-10

FWM-12X-N4D

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

Compliances

Mounting Kit

Pole Kit

045-042-10 (Beige Only)

Wall mount single outer door distribution

unit with lockable network compartment door

and 12 termination panel capacity

22.4” H x 19.5” W x 10.5” D

.08” Powder Coated Aluminum

(12) Panels

(6) 3000-SSTA

NEMA 1, 4

(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)

072-105-11

072- 061-10

*Adapter Panels, Fiber, and Splice Trays Not Included In Units

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Cable Addition Kit

Stock ID

Description

UOM

065-016-10

Cable Addition Kit for Branch or Lateral Cable

Additions, .3”- .98”

Each

Stock ID 10-5552 10-5127 10-5128 10-6550 10-5129 10-6552 10-6002 10 -5130 10 -5134 065-082-10

10 Pack ID 10-5553 10-5421 10-5422 10-6551 10 -5419 10-6553 10-6003 10-5483 10-5420 N/A

# of Ports 1118644441-SC

Cable Size .3"-.4" .41"-.5" .51"-.79" .150" .265 .300 .350 .370 Flat Drop SC Outdoor

Weight .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .2 lbs.

Grommet Inserts For 1" NPT Fittings

Outdoor Style Fiber Distribution Units

FF-OCS-6X

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

Options

10-3338 (Gray Only)

Wall mounted NEMA 1, 2, 3S, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 rated

enclosure with a single outer door and inner

network security door. 6 Panel termination

capacity and eld drilled cable entries using

standard weather tight conduit ttings.

Outside - 18” H x 16” W x 10” D

Inside - 16” H x 14” W x 7” D

10 lbs.

Impact and Weather Resistant Plastic

(6) Panels

(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

NPT Cable Entrance Kit (065-016-10)

Lockable Draw-Latch

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Plastic Fiber Distribution Units

FWP-4SC-4SP

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

020-124-20

Wall mounted, plastic distribution unit with

removable cover and swing out slack tray.

4.3” H x 6” W x 1.2” D

Plastic

(4) SC Connections

(4) Splices

FWP-16SC-24SP

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

020-120-20

Wall mount distribution box with ip-up patch

panel, and xed splice tray below

12” H x 10.25” W x 3.75” D

Plastic

(16) SC Connections

(24) Splices

FWP-8SC-12SP

Stock ID: 020-118-20

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Plastic Fiber Distribution Units

RNI-1500 w/ Fiber Distribution Conguration

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

020-098-10

Indoor/Outdoor Plastic Wall Enclosure RNI-1500

12.27” W x 11.88” H x 4.86” D

(2) Adapter Panels and (2) 612 Splice Trays

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex

paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

FWP-4SC-12SP

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

020-125-20

Wall mount distribution box with removable outer

door and xed splice chip

6” H x 4.13” W x 1.25” D

Plastic

(4) SC Connections

(12) Splices

FWP-8SC-24SP

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

020-123-20

Wall mount distribution box with ip-up outer

door, xed adapter panel, and dual splice trays

10.4” H x 6.1” W x 2.2” D

Plastic

(8) SC Connections

(24) Splices

FWP-8SC-12SP

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Capacity

020-118-20

Wall mounted, plastic distribution unit with

removable cover and swing out splice panel.

8.3” H x 6.9” W x 2” D

Plastic

(8) SC Connections

(12) Splices

The FWP-8SC-12SP is one of a new family of

plastic ber wall mount boxes for ber to the

home. The box is light, compact, and designed

to connect and protect your FTTH cables.

Within this box you can easily route up to 8 SC

connections and up to 12 single fusion splices

utilizing outdoor cables or indoor soft cables.

This enclosure is also IP 65/NEMA 13 compliant

and easily secured with the sliding shackle and

tie-straps.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The

splice trays provide protection and organization of ber splices. Adhesive backed ber insert holders and assorted cable

ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

2000-SSTA

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70506K

2000-SSTA

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.65 lbs.

Aluminum

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

3000-SSTA

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70505K

3000-SSTA

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.54 lbs.

Aluminum

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

2020-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70709K

2020-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.54 lbs.

Plastic Base w/ Aluminum Cover

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

Splice Trays

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The

splice trays provide protection and organization of ber splices. Adhesive backed ber insert holders and assorted cable

ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

3030-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70706K

3030-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.50 lbs.

Plastic

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

4048-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

10-8007

4048-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.60 lbs.

Plastic

24 Single Fusion Splices (48 Dual Stacked), 16

Mechanical Splices, or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

4072-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

065-001-10

4072-SSTP

36 Single Fusion Splice Tray

10.75” L x 5.75” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.60 lbs.

Plastic

36 Single Fusion Splices (72 Dual Stacked), 24

Mechanical Splices, or 144 Mass Fusion Splices

612-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

065-209-10

612-SSTP

12 Single Fusion Splice Tray

6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D

Approx. 0.10 lbs.

Plastic

12 Single Fusion Splices Only

40mm Splice Sleeve Only

1120 -SS TP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

072- 059-10

112 0 -SS TP

12 Single Fusion Splice Tray

6.5” L x 5.13” W x 0.5” D

Approx. 0.20 lbs.

Plastic

12 Single Fusion Splices Only

40mm Splice Sleeve Only

Splice Trays

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Pedestals

Fiber Distribution Pedestals

For more information on additional sizes,

pricing, and availability please contact your

Customer Service Representative.

Stock ID Description Dimensions UOM

020-135-20 48 SC Fiber Distribution Pedestal 31”H x 10”W x 10”D Each

10-8007 4048-SSTP 24ct. Single Fusion Splice Tray -Each

CONSTRUCTION

Cover Removable cover slides on top of unit and is

secured by hex-head bolt

Cable Entrance Bottom Open For Concrete Pad, Or Vault

Mounting

Capacity (24) SC Duplex Adapters

(2) 4048-SSTP Splice Trays (1 Included)

Construction

Material Base - HDPE High Density Poly Ethylene

Cover - LDPE Low Density Poly Ethylene

Rotomolding

Frame & Termination Plate - Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Plate Finish Polyester Powder Coat

An Outside Plant Pedestal designed for splicing and termination ber optic cable. The peds split base design allows for

ring cutting of the ber optic cable for mid-span access, and termination of up to 48 drop cables utilizing SC Duplex style

adaptors. The optical splitters used within this product are a fused biconic design and housed within the lower splice

tray. The pedestal includes one 24 ber splice tray, and all the hardware required to secure three cables. This design also

lends itself to cross-connect applications saving the expense of a stand-alone cabinet.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Pedestals

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Congurator

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Preterminated Enclosures

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Congurator

Steel and aluminum with a

polyester powder coat nish

Universal mounting

with reversible 19” or

23” mounting brackets

Swing out or Slide out

master termination

and splice tray panels

Loaded Adapter Panels

Fiber Management Spools

Aluminum Splice Trays

Network Entrance

(Slide Out Only)

Blank Panels

(For Future Expansion)

Network Fiber

Routing Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Preterminated Enclosures

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Congurator

* Only available for specied boxes. Refer to catalog descriptions.

** Feet divided by 2.54 and rounded up to the full meter.

*** Align with unit type.

Enclosure Type

# Of

Conn. Color Adapter Pigtail

Length

(Meters) Splice Tray***

Splice

Count

WALL MOUNTS

01 FWM-2X-LC

02 FWM-4X-LC

05 FF-WM-2X

06 FF-WM-4X

08 FWM-4X-D

09 FWM-9X-D

11 FF- O CS - 6X

22 FWM-2X-N4

23 FWM-2X-N4D

24 FWM-4X-N4D

25 FWM-12X-N4D

26 WM-2X (Multilite)

27 WM-4X (Multilite)

28 WM-8X (Multilite)

29 FF-WM-8X

32 FWM-1X-BK

33 FWM-1X-SP-BK

35 FWM-2X-PH

37 RNI-1000

38 RNI-1500

43 RNI-1200

45 RNI-2500

RACK MOUNTS

12 FRM-1RU-2X-SO

21 FRM-1RU-3X-TS-S

39 FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD

46 FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT

13 FRM-2RU-4X-SO

14 FRM-2RU-4X-TS

30 FRM-2RU-6X-TS-S

40 FRM-2RU-6X-TS-HD

15 FRM-3RU-6X-TS

31 FRM-3RU-9X-TS-S

41 FRM-3RU-9X-TS-HD

16 FRM-4RU-12X-TS

48 FRM-4RU-12X-TS-S

18 FRM-4RU-4X-PS

42 FRM-4RU-12X-TS-HD

17 FRM-8.5RU-24X-TS

19 FRM-8.5RU-12X-PS

44 FRM-8RU-24X-TS-HD

20 FF-RM-12X

RACK/WALL MOUNT

36 FRWM-1RU-3X-TS

006

012

018

024

030

036

042

048

054

060

066

072

096

144

288

B-Black

O-O White

BE-Beige*

G-Gray*

SCS=SC Simplex MM

SCD=SC Duplex MM

SUS=SC Simplex SM

SUD=SC Duplex SM

SAS=SC/APC Simplex SM

SAD=SC/APC Duplex SM

SGS=SC Simplex 10Gig

SGD=SC Duplex 10Gig

FC=FC MM

FU=FC SM

FA=FC/APC

LCAD=LC/APC Duplex SM

LCAQ=LC/APC Quad SM

LCPD=LC Duplex MM

LCPQ=LC Quad MM

LCUD=LC Duplex SM

LCUQ=LC Quad SM

LCGD=LC Duplex 10 Gig

LCGQ=LC Quad 10 Gig

ST6=ST 6 port MM

ST8=ST 8 port MM

ST12=ST 12 port MM

SM6=ST 6 port SM

SM8=ST 8 port SM

SM12=ST 12 port SM

00=None

T9=900µm (spiral wrap)

T3=3mm

MD=Module

MP=Multiber

OSP=OSP Dielectric Cable

OSA=OSP Armored Cable

RBN=Ribbon

DST=Distribution Cable

(I/O Riser Rated)

00X** X2=2000-SSTA

X3=2020-SSTP

X4=4048-SSTP

X5=4072-SSTP

X6=3000-SSTA

X7=3030-SSTP

X8=612-SSTP

X9 =112 0 -S ST P

“X” denotes

number of trays

ML - 02 - 24 - B - ST6 - MP - 003 - 21 - 12

Translates:

FWM024XLC, 24 loaded ports, Black, ST 6 Port Multimode, Multiber pigtails, 3 meters in length, equipped with 2 of the 1120-SSTA trays

ML-

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Loaded Adapter Panels

Stock ID Model # Conn.

Type

# Of

Conn. Ferrule Mode Fiber

Polish

Conn.

Color

Plate

Color

Plate

Code

10-5458 MST-06-P-BLK ST 6Phos.

Bronze MM PC

UPC Chrome Black ST6

10-5457 MST-06-P-OW O White

99234K MST-06-C-BLK ST 6Ceramic SM Any Chrome Black SM6

99223K MST-06-C-OW O White

10-9196 MST-12-P-BLK ST 12 Phos.

Bronze MM PC

UPC Chrome Black ST12

10-9195 MST-12-P- OW O White

10-6065 MST-12-C-BLK ST 12 Ceramic SM Any Chrome Black SM12

10 - 6177 MST-12-C-OW O White

10-5095 MFC-06-P-BLK FC 6 Phos.

Bronze MM PC

UPC Chrome Black FC

10-8751 MFC-06-P-OW O White

10-4744 MFC-06-C-BLK FC 6 Ceramic SM Any Chrome Black FU

99218CK MFC-06-C-OW O White

065-218-50 MFC-12-P-BLK FC 12 Phos.

Bronze MM PC

UPC Chrome Black FC

065-218-51 MFC-12-P-OW O White

065-218-10 MFC-12-C-BLK FC 12 Ceramic SM Any Chrome Black FU

065-218-11 MFC-12-C-OW O White

10-3628 MTRJ-12-MM-P-BLK

MTRJ 12 N/A

UPC Black

Black

10-3629 MTRJ-12-MM-P-OW O White

065-389-20 MMTP-06-B-BLK

MTP 6N/A SM APC Black

Black

N/A

-MMTP-06-B-OW O White

065-378-20 MMTP-08-B-BLK

MTP 8N/A SM APC Black

Black

N/A

- MMTP-08-B-OW O White

065-389-30 MMTP-06-A-BLK

MTP 6N/A MM PC Aqua

Black

N/A

-MMTP-06-A-OW O White

065-378-30 MMTP-08-A-BLK

MTP 8N/A MM PC Aqua

Black

N/A

-MMTP-08-A-OW O White

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Loaded Adapter Panels

Stock ID Model # Conn.

Type

# Of

Conn. Ferrule Mode Fiber

Polish

Conn.

Color

Plate

Color

Plate

Code

10-4810 MSC-06-SM-C-BLK

SC 6Ceramic SM UPC Blue

Black

SUS

10 - 6178 MSC-06-SM-C-OW O White

10 -1817 MSC-12-SM-C-BLK

SC 12 Ceramic SM UPC Blue

Black

SUD

10-6181 MSC-12-SM-C-OW O White

065-478-10 MSC-06D-SM-C-BLK

SC 6Ceramic SM UPC Blue

Black

SUD

0 65 - 478 -11 MSC-06D-SM-C-OW O White

10-4442 MSCA-06-SM-C-BLK

SC 6Ceramic SM APC Green

Black

SAS

99222K MSCA-06-SM-C-OW O White

10-5327 MSCA-12-SM-C-BLK

SC 12 Ceramic SM APC Green

Black

SAD

99224K MSCA-12-SM-C-OW O White

065-479-10 MSCA-06D-SM-

C-BLK

SC 6Ceramic SM APC Green

Black

SAD

0 65 - 479 -11 MSCA-06D-SM-

C-OW O White

10-9995 MSC-06-MM-P-BLK

SC 6Phos.

Bronze MM PC Beige

Black

SCS

10-9996 MSC-06-MM-P-OW O White

10-5535 MSC-12-MM-P-BLK

SC 12 Phos.

Bronze MM PC Beige

Black

SCD

065-518-10 MSC-12-MM-P-OW O White

065-477-10 MSC-06D-MM-P-

BLK

SC 6Phos.

Bronze MM PC Beige

Black

SCD

065-477-11 MSC-06D-MM-P-

OW O White

065-242-10 MSCG-6-MM-P-BLK SC

GIG

6Phos.

Bronze MM UPC Aqua

Black

SGS

065 -242-11 MSCG-6-MM-P-OW O White

065-243-10 MSCG-12-MM-P-

BLK SC

GIG

12 Phos.

Bronze MM UPC Aqua

Black

SGD

065 -243 -11 MSCG-12-MM-P-

OW O White

065-480 -10 MSCG-6D-MM-P-

BLK SC

GIG

6Phos.

Bronze MM UPC Aqua

Black

SGD

0 65 - 4 80 -11 MSCG-6D-MM-P-

OW O White

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Loaded Adapter Panels

Stock ID Model # Conn.

Type

# Of

Conn. Ferrule Mode Fiber

Polish

Conn.

Color

Plate

Color

Plate

Code

10-9709 MLCD-12-SM-C-BLK

LC 12 Ceramic SM UPC Blue

Black

LCUD

10-9710 MLCD-12-SM-C-OW O White

065-244-10 MLCQ-24-SM-C-BLK

LC 24 Ceramic SM UPC Blue

Black

LCUQ

0 65 -24 4 -11 MLCQ-24-SM-C-OW O White

10 -9123 MLCDA-12-SM-C-

BLK

LC 12 Ceramic SM APC Green

Black

LCAD

065-508-10 MLCDA-12-SM-C-

OW O White

065-420-10 MLCQA-24-SM-C-

BLK

LC 24 Ceramic SM APC Green

Black

LCAQ

0 65 - 420 -11 MLCQA-24-SM-C-

OW O White

10-3626 MLCD-12-MM-P-BLK

LC 12 Phos.

Bronze MM PC Beige

Black

LCPD

10-3627 MLCD-12-MM-P-OW O White

065-225-10 MLCQ-24-MM-P-

BLK

LC 24 Phos.

Bronze MM PC Beige

Black

LCPQ

065-225-11 MLCQ-24-MM-P-OW O White

065-245-10 MLCDG-12-MM-

P-BLK LC

10 GIG 12 Phos.

Bronze MM PC Aqua

Black

LCGD

065-245-11 MLCDG-12-MM-

P-OW O White

065-246-10 MLCQG-24-MM-

P-BLK LC

10 GIG 24 Phos.

Bronze MM PC Aqua

Black

LCGQ

065-246-11 MLCQG-24-MM-

P-OW O White

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Blank Adapter Panels

Stock ID Model # Conn.

Type

# Of

Conn. Holes Plate Color

10-1690 MTRJ-03-NB-BLK

MTRJ 6

Black

10-1689 MTRJ-03-NB-OW O White

10-6061 MSCB-06-BB-BLK

SC 6

Black

10-6063 MSCB-06-BB-OW O White

065-390-10 MSCD-03-NB-BLK SC DUPLEX

LC QUAD

Black

065-390-11 MSCD-03-NB-OW O White

10-5534 MSCBH-03-NB-BLK SC DUPLEX

LC QUAD

Black

10-8187 MSCBH-03-NB-OW O White

10-5455 MSTA-03-BB-BLK

ST 6

Black

10-5450 MSTA-03-BB-OW O White

10-9188 MSTA-12-BB-BLK

ST 12

Black

10-9189 MSTA-12-BB-OW O White

10-4610 MLCD-03-NB-BLK

LC DUPLEX 6

Black

10-4609 MLCD-03-NB-OW O White

10-8750 MFCB-03-DB-BLK

FC 6

Black

10-8752 MFCB-03-DB-OW O White

065-227-10 MFCB-12-DB-BLK

FC 12

Black

065 -227-11 MFCB-12-DB-OW O White

10-7666 MFMB-600BB-BLK

- 0

Black

10-7668 MFMB-600BB-OW O White

065-354-10 MKJB-04-NB-BLK

KEYSTONE 4

Black

0 65 -35 4 -11 MKJB-04-NB-OW O White

065-389-10 MTP-06-BK

MTP 6

Black

-MTP-06-OW O White

065-378-10 MTP-08-BK

MTP 8

Black

- MTP-08-OW O White

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Optic Adapters

Stock ID Type Fiber

Polish Mode Sleeve

Material Color Foot Print

99306 ST Any MM Phos. Bronze Chrome ST

99307 ST Any SM Ceramic Chrome ST

99309 FC Any MM Phos. Bronze Chrome FC

99310 FC Any SM Ceramic Chrome FC

10-1688 MTRJ PC

N/A Black MTRJ

99304 SC Simplex UPC SM Ceramic Blue SC Simplex

10 -5513 SC Duplex UPC SM Ceramic Blue SC Duplex

10-3642 SC Simplex APC SM Ceramic Green SC Simplex

10-5378 SC Duplex APC SM Ceramic Green SC Duplex

10-5382 SC Simplex PC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Simplex

99302 SC Duplex PC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Duplex

065-236-10 SC Simplex

10 GIG PC MM Phos. Bronze Aqua SC Simplex

065-237-10 SC Duplex

10 GIG PC MM Phos. Bronze Aqua SC Duplex

Stock ID Description

065-384-10 Field Installable Connector, SC 62.5µm Multi Mode

065-385-10 Field Installable Connector, SC 9µm Single Mode

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Optic Adapters

Stock ID Type Fiber

Polish Mode Sleeve

Material Color Foot Print

10-4605 LC Duplex UPC SM Ceramic Blue LC Duplex

065-239-10 LC Quad UPC SM Ceramic Blue SC Duplex

065-414-10 LC Duplex APC SM Ceramic Green LC Duplex

065-419 -10 LC Quad APC SM Ceramic Green SC Duplex

10 - 9711 LC Duplex PC MM Phos. Bronze Beige LC Duplex

065-238-10 LC Quad PC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Duplex

065-240 -10 LC Duplex

10 GIG PC MM Phos. Bronze Aqua SC Simplex

065-241-10 LC Quad

10 GIG PC MM Phos. Bronze Aqua SC Duplex

065-146-10 MTP APC SM N/A Black MTP

065-146-20 MTP PC MM N/A Aqua MTP

Stock ID Description

065-387-10 SC Simplex Panel Plug

065-388-10 SC Duplex Panel Plug

SC Simplex SC Duplex

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Termination Modules

Fiber Termination Modules / FTMs

Pigtail Version

MTP Version

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Termination Modules

Fiber Termination Modules / FTMs

*Note: FTM Modules are typically suited to rack mounted ber enclosures. All bers used in FTM assemblies are SMF28e+ (ITU-T G.652) for SM and

Corning™ Clearcurve (ITU G.651.1) for MM.

Ordering Information

Splice Version

FTM - - -

Fiber

Termination

Module

Number of

Adapters

Front

Adapter

Type

Fiber Type Back Adapter Type

*06 SC/UPC SM, 9/125µm

Pigtail Version

Includes * length in meters of OFNR Distribution

Jacketed Fiber type per adapter type.

12 SC/APC SM, 9/125µm

24 LC/UPC SM, 9/125µm

*SC Only M1

MTP Version

Includes 1 or 2 MTP adapters in back connected to

adapters in front with ber type per adapter type.

M1=1-12 Adapters M2=13-24 Adapters

SC/PC50 MM, 50/125µm (OM2)

SC/PC62 MM, 62.5/125µm (OM1)

SC/PCLO MM, 50/125µm (OM3)

Laser Optimized S1

Splice Version

Includes 1 meter of color coded 900µm fiber

connected to adapters in front with fiber type per

adapter type.LC/PC50 MM, 50/125µm (OM2)

LC/PC62 MM, 62. 5/125µm (OM1)

SR1

Splice Version

Includes 1 meter of color coded Ribbon ber

connected to adapters in front with ber type per

adapter.

LC/PCLO MM, 50/125µm (OM3)

Laser Optimized

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Coupler/Splitter Modules

Applications

• FTTx PON Networks

• CATV

• CWDM & DWDM Systems

*Note: 1x4 Conguration not available as rack module. All optical splitters

available in several custom congurations and packaging options contact

customer service for additional information.

*Note: 2 & 3 mm ber available only in Cassette style.

Ordering Information

Multilink Fiber Optics Line of PLC

splitters oers superior performance

and eld- proven reliability for harsh

environments. Features include low

insertion loss (IL), low polarization

dependent loss (PDL), high port to port

uniformity, and compact space saving

designs.

Features & Benets

• PLC Telcordia compliant GR1221

• Low Insertion Loss (IL)

• Low PDL

• Space-saving design

• Customized packaging available

LGX & Rack Mount

LGX - SC/APC

1 x 8 (Single Slot)

Small Form

Cassette

Specications

Parameters 1 x 4 1 x 8 1 x 16 1 x 32

Operating wavelength nm 1260-1650

Insertion loss typ. / max. dB 7.1 / 7. 4 10.4 / 10.7 13.6 / 13.9 16.8 / 17.2

Uniformity dB ≤ 0.8 ≤ 1.0 ≤ 1.4 ≤ 1.6

PDL dB ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3

Return loss dB ≥ 55 ≥ 55 ≥ 55 ≥ 55

Directivity dB ≥ 55 ≥ 55 ≥ 55 ≥ 55

Maximum input power mW 250

Operation Temperature Co-40 ~ +85

Storage Temperature Co-40 ~ +85

Small Form Dimensions mm 4 x 7 x 60 6 x 19 x 100

Reggeized Cassette

Dimensions mm 8 x 80 x 100 16 x 80 x 136 18 x 114 x 140

LGX Module Dimensions mm

Standard LC & SC Adapters

Compact LC Adapters Only

129 x 125 x 28 129 x 125 x 28 129 x 125 x 56

129 x 125 x 28

129 x 125 x 112

129 x 125 x 56

19” Rack Mount Dimensions

mm (width x depth x height)

in (width x depth x height)

N/A 431 x 235 x 44

17 x 9.25 x 1.75

Operating wavelength is design guaranteed. Above test results measured without connectors.

M - TD - P - ___ X ___ - 60 - _ - ___ / ___

Adapter Type

Input / Output

ALC

LCU

ASC

SCU

LC/APC

LC/UPC

SC/APC

SC/UPC

Conguration

01 x 04*

01 x 08

01 x 16

01 x 32

Mounting Style

M - LGX Module

R - Rack Mount

Small Form & Cassette

M - TD - P - ___ X ___ - 60 - _ - ___ / ___ - _ _ - _

Adapter Type

Input / Output

ALC

LCU

ASC

SCU

LC/APC

LC/UPC

SC/APC

SC/UPC

Pigtail

Fiber

Style

9 - 900µm

2 - 2 mm*

3 - 3 mm*

Length in Meters

Conguration

01 x 04

01 x 08

01 x 16

01 x 32

Style

S - Small Form

C - Cassette

PLC Optical Splitters, LGX (MultilinkTM), & 19” Rack Mounting

1 x 32 PLC Splitter SC/APC Rack Mount, 1RU

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Pigtails

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

For Use In Rack And Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures

Stock ID Connector/

Polish

# of

Fibers

Overall

Length

(m)

Single Mode (OS1)

9/125/900µm

Spiral Wrapped

10 -6415

SC/UPC

3065-254-10 8

10- 6416 12

10 - 6417

SC/APC 63

10- 6418 12

065-089-10

ST/UPC

3065-235-10 8

065-090-10 12

065-180-10 LC/UPC 12 3

10-8703 FC/UPC 6

065-365-10 12

OFNR

(Yellow)

065-370-10 SC/UPC 6

065-371-10 12

065-394-10 SC/APC 6

065-395-10 12

065-374-10 ST/UPC 6

065-375-10 12

065-396-10 LC/UPC 12 3

065-437-10 LC/APC 12 3

Single

Mode

Ribbon

OFNR

(Yellow)

065-282-10 SC/UPC 12 3

065-523-10 SC/APC 12 3

065-561-10 LC/UPC 12 3

Multi Mode (OM1)

62.5/125/900µm

Spiral Wrapped

065-055-10 SC/PC 6

065-228-10 12

065-056 -10 ST/PC 6

065-101-10 12

065-179-10 LC/PC 12 3

065-178-10 FC/PC 6 3

OFNR

(Orange)

065-372-10 SC/PC 6

065-373-10 12

065-376-10 ST/PC 6

065-377-10 12

065-397-10 LC/PC 12 3

Multi Mode

(OM3)

50/125/900µm

OFNR

(Aqua)

065-439-10 SC/PC 6

065-438-10 12

ST/PC 6

065-494-10 12

065-487-10 LC/PC 12 3

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Pigtails Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Spiral

Wrapped

Stock ID Shown:

10- 6418

OFNR

(Yellow)

Stock ID Shown:

065-375-10

OFNR

(Orange)

Stock ID Shown:

065-373-10

OFNR

(Aqua)

Stock ID Shown:

065-487-10

Fiber Jumpers

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6310 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10 - 6311 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10 -6312 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10 -6313 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6314 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10 -6315 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6316 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10 - 6317 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6318 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10- 6319 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6320 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6321 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6322 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6323 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6324 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6325 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6326 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6327 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6328 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6329 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6400 FC/APC FC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6401 FC/APC FC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6402 FC/APC FC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6403 FC/APC FC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6404 FC/APC FC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6405 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6406 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6407 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6408 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6409 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

UPC / Simplex

APC / Simplex

Single Mode Simplex Jumpers

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Jumpers

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6330 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6331 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6332 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6333 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6334 ST/UPC ST/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6335 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6336 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6337 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6338 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6339 SC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6340 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10- 6341 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6342 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6343 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6344 LC/UPC LC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6345 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6346 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6347 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6348 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6349 FC/UPC FC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

065-529-10 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

065-527-10 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

065-489-10 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

065-534-10 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

065-512-10 SC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Single Mode Duplex Jumpers

UPC / Duplex

APC / Duplex

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6380 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6381 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6382 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6383 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6384 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6385 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6386 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6387 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6388 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6389 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6390 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6391 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6392 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6393 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6394 ST/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

10-6395 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10-6396 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10-6397 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10-6398 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10-6399 LC/UPC SC/UPC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6410 FC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 1

10 - 6 411 FC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 2

10 -6412 FC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 3

10 -6413 FC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 5

10- 6414 FC/APC SC/APC 9/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Yellow 10

UPC / Simplex

UPC / Duplex

APC / Simplex

Fiber Jumpers

Single Mode Hybrid Jumpers

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6266 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6267 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6268 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6269 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6270 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6271 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6272 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6273 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6274 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6275 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6276 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6277 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m) 1

10- 6241 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6242 ST ST 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6243 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6244 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6245 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6246 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6247 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6248 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6249 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6250 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6251 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6252 LC LC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6253 LC LC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6254 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6255 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

50/125µm

62.5/125µm

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Simplex Jumpers

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10- 6194 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10- 6195 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10- 6196 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10- 6197 ST ST 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10- 6198 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10- 6199 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6200 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6201 SC SC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6202 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6203 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6204 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6205 LC LC 50/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m) 1

10-6278 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6279 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6280 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6281 ST ST 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6282 ST ST 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6283 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6284 SC SC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6285 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6286 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6287 SC SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6288 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6289 LC LC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6290 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6291 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6292 LC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

50/125µm

62.5/125µm

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Duplex Jumpers

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6256 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6257 ST SC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6258 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6259 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6260 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6261 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6262 SC LC 62. 5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6263 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6264 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6265 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m) 1

10-6184 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10-6185 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10-6186 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10-6187 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10-6188 ST SC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

10-6189 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 1

10- 6190 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 2

10- 6191 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 3

10- 6192 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 5

10- 6193 SC LC 62.5/125µm 2.9-3.0mm Orange 10

Simplex

Duplex

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Hybrid Jumpers

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

10 Gig Fiber Jumpers

Point-of-Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

Stock ID # 1

Connector

# 2

Connector

Cable

Core/Clad

Cable

Jacket

Cable

Color

Length

(m)

10-6229 SC SC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 1

10-6230 SC SC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 2

10-6231 SC SC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 3

10-6232 SC SC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 5

10-6237 LC LC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 1

10-6238 LC LC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 2

10-6239 LC LC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 3

10-6240 LC LC 50/125µm 3.0mm Aqua 5

50/125µm

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories

Connector Cleaner

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10 - 6174

F1-7020

Connector Cleaner ( 20 ft. ) Universal

Each

Cleaning Media Replacement Reel

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10 - 6175

F1-7021

Cleaning Media Replacement Reel ( Not Shown )

Each

Lint Free Kimwipes®

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10 - 6171

F1-34-155

Lint Free Kimwipes® / 280/Box

Each

Automatic Dispensing Bottle

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10-6169

F1-007P

Automatic Dispensing Bottle ( Amber Glass )

Each

Bottled Alcohol

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10-6168

F1-00728

Bottle Alcohol / 28oz.

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions MOQ

76500 MF-2170 Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves 60mm 60mm 50

76501 DH-1-40 Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves 40mm 40mm 50

065-383-10 N/A Ribbon Fiber Protector Ribbon EA

Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves

Transparent plastic tube and stainless steel rod designed to prevent

stress and protect fusion ber optic splices in eld and factory

operations. Sleeves are made of ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) with

heat activated memory, which causes them to shrink under heat.

Sleeves shrink tightly to exclude air and hold the rod rmly, preventing

abrasion of delicate glass bers. Available in 60mm and 40mm.

Features & Benets

Fiber optic cable cleaner is used for quick and easy

removal of cable gels, greases, tars, and oils from

ber optic and coax cables. Leaves no residue!

This eective (full-strength) formula evaporates

completely and contains no hazardous materials.

Fiber Prep Cable Cleaner

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

75200 2200-FOW Foil Pack F/O Cable Wipe - Each

75202 2320-FC Squirt Bottle F/O Cable Cleaner 32 oz. Each

75203 2100-FC Squirt Bottle F/O Cable Cleaner 128 oz. Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Part# Description Dimensions Wt. lbs. UOM

72010 2000-BL-K-Muliex Blue Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72020 2000-OR-K-Muliex Orange Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72110 2000-GR-K-Muliex Green Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72120 2000-BR-K-Muliex Brown Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72210 2000-SL-K-Muliex Slate Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72220 2000-WH-K-Muliex White Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72310 2000-RD-K-Muliex Red Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72320 2000-BK-K-Muliex Black Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72410 2000-YL-K-Muliex Yellow Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72420 2000-VI-K-Muliex Violet Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72510 2000-RS-K-Muliex Rose Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

72520 2000-AQ-K-Muliex Aqua Buer Tubing (Bulk) 50’ Roll .15 Each

MultiexTM Free-Flexing, Color Coded Buer Tubing

Why make the task of splicing ber optic cable any

harder than it has to be? Other manufacturers may

oer exible buer tubing, but they only come in one

color, making it all to easy to mismatch ber. MultiexTM

is color coded to the standardized specications used

by ber optic cable manufactures to allow you to easily

identify and match ber during the splicing process.

MultiexTM comes in twelve standardized colors and

is available in bulk quantities of 50’ rolls. It is also free

exing, making the ber more manageable and easier

to handle in the close connes of the splice enclosure.

So give MultiexTM a try next time you splice ber optic

cable, and you’ll see the dierence it makes.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

73003K 2003-FSPK Fiber Splice Preparation Kit Each

73002K 2002-FSPKF *Fiber Splice Preparation Kit

w/ Fiberlok Options

Each

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

10-6498 ML- F1-0053 Basic Fiber Tool Kit Each

Basic Fiber Optic Tool Kit

Fiber Splice Preparation Kit

• Canned Air

• PVC Electrical Tape

• 3oz. Alcohol Bottle

• Miller Fiber Stripper

• Connector Cleaner

• Kevlar Scissors

• Jacket Stripper

• Buer Tube Stripper

• Round Cable Slitter

• (50) Foam Swabs

• Kimwipes®

• Utility Knife

• Tweezers

• Needle Nose Pliers

• Fusion Splice Sleeves

• Stripping tool for buered ber

• Tube guide, Ø0.0135”

• Tube guide, Ø0.040”

• Blade kit, gray, Ø.037”

• Blade kit, gray, Ø.012”

• Protective suit case

• Foam insert for suit case

• Label

• Cleaver 250/900µm

• Fiber Optic Stripper

• Buer Tube Stripper

• Fiber Optic Wire Cutter

• Scissors

• Fiber Optic Strip Tool

• Magnifying Glass

• Alcohol Bottle

• Plastic Storage Box

• Lint Free Wipes

• 2501 Fibrlok Assembly Tool*

• (6) 2529 Fibrlok II Universal Splice*

Contents

• Piano Wire

• 4 Bit Screwdriver

• Black Marker

• Safety Glasses

• (5) D-Gel Wipes

• Black Work Mat

• Fiber Disposal Unit

• Wire Marker Dispenser

• Ruler

• Fabric Tape Measure

• 1/2” Nut Driver

• (3) Economy Tie Labels

• Rugged Carrying Case

• 1 Meter 3mm Furcation Tube

• 1 Meter 900μm Furcation Tube

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Prep Tools

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

72900K 2000-US MultiQuick Split Buer Tube Splitting Tool Kit 2.5mm & 3.0mm Each

70781 2250-MQS 2.5mm Tool Only 2.5mm Each Each

70782 2300-MQS 3.0mm Tool Only 3.0mm Each Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Round Spool

Stock ID

Description

Bend Radius

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

999124

Round Spool

1.50”

1.30” H x Ø3.00” spool x Ø4.70” ange

2x Ø0.21” mounting hole

Plastic/ Black

Each

Half Round Spool

Stock ID

Description

Bend Radius

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

10-7766

Half Round Spool (2 pcs shown)

1.25”

1.36” H x Ø2.50” spool x Ø3.50” ange

1x Ø0.16” mounting hole

Plastic/ Black

Each

Half Round Spool

Stock ID

Description

Bend Radius

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

10-3621

Half Round Spool (2 pcs shown)

1.75”

2.75” H x Ø3.50” spool x Ø4.50” ange

2x Ø0.356” x 0.50” Slot, both ends

1x Ø0.125” x 0.80” Slot, both ends

Plastic/ Black

Each

Slack-N-Roll

Stock ID

Description

Bend Radius

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

649-048-10

Slack-N-Roll Base

1.17”

0.61” H x Ø5.88”

2 x 0.20” mounting holes

Plastic/ Blue

Each

Spool Bracket

Stock ID

Description

Bend Radius

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

649-101-10

Spool Bracket

1”

.67” H x 4.92” W x 1.42” D

Ø0.17” alignment stud & Ø0.18” mounting hole

Plastic/ Black

Each

Fiber Management Spools

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Wire Management Strap

Stock ID

Description

Overall Size

Mounting

Material/ Color

UOM

99944K

Wire Management Strap

0.63” W x Ø1.50” max.

Pressure sensitive adhesive

Velcro® brand, black

50 pieces/pack

Stock ID

Description

Overall Size

Material/ Color

UOM

99000000FUT12AK

Wire Management Loop Tie, 12” length

0.50” W x 12.0” L

Velcro® brand, black

25 pieces/pack

Stock ID

Description

Overall Size

Material/ Color

UOM

999120

Heavy Duty Cinch Tie, 18”

0.75” W x 18.0” L

Velcro® brand strap w/plastic buckle, black

Each

Wire Management Loop Tie

Stock ID

Description

Overall Size

Material/ Color

UOM

990000000FUT8AK

Wire Management Loop Tie, 8” length

0.50” W x 8.0” L

Velcro® brand, black

25 pieces/pack

Heavy Duty Cinch Tie

Stock ID

Description

Overall Size

Material/ Color

UOM

999119

Heavy Duty Cinch Tie, 12”

0.75” W x 12.0” L

Velcro® brand strap w/plastic buckle, black

Each

Fiber Management Straps & Ties

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Multilink oers both horizontal and vertical cable management products extruded from high grade polymers. All of our

horizontal cable managers are produced to t on a standard 19” rack. Our organizers ship with both the base and the

cover as a set. The only color available is black. The slotted duct features open ends for ease in cable management.

Double Sided, Side Mount/

Front & Rear: Features

base and cover cable

management on the front

and backside. Brackets are

on one side only for a left or

right side rack attachment.

Center Mount/Front & Rear

Features base and cover cable

management on the front

and backside. Brackets are

on both sides of the duct for

a center mount attachment

between two racks.

Horizontal Fiber Manager:

Features base and cover

cable management on the

front and backside. Brackets

are featured on both ends.

Slotted Duct Cable Management

Material Service Temperature Flammability Approvals

Self extinguishing PVC +5°F to +140°F (-15°C to +60°C) UL94 V-0 Rated Material UL, CSA & Lloyds Register

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Vertical Cable Managers

Horizontal Cable Managers

Tabs

Both Sides

Slotted Duct Cable Management

10-4154

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4154

Double Sided, Side Mount/Front & Rear

Brackets are on one side only

4” W x 5” D Front & Rear, 83” H

13.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4155

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4155

Center Mount/Front & Rear

Brackets are on both sides

4” W x 5” D Front & Rear, 83” H

13.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4156

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4156

Single Sided, Side Mount/Front Only

Brackets are on one side only

4” W x 5” D on Front Only, 83” H

7.0 lb s.

High Grade Polymer

10-4164 (1RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4164

Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Racks

1.5” W x 3” D Front Only

2.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4165 (1RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4165

Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Racks

1.5” W x 2” D Front Only

2.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

Slotted Duct Cable Management

Horizontal Cable Managers

10-4160 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4160

Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

3” W x 3” D Front Only

3.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4162 (1RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4162

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

1.5” W x 3” D Front/1” W x 4” H Rear

5.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4158 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4158

Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

4” W x 5” D Front Only

7.0 lb s.

High Grade Polymer

10-4161 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4161

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

3” W x 3” D Front/2” W x 4” H Rear

8.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4163 (1RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4163

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

1.5” W x 2” D Front/1” W x 4” H Rear

3.5 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Slotted Duct Cable Management

Horizontal Cable Managers

10-4159 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4159

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

3” W x 3” H Front/3” W x 5” H Rear

10.5 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-5437 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10-5437

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

Brackets are on both sides

3” W x 3” H Front & Rear

10.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4157 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10 -4157

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager

For Standard 19” Rack

4” W x 5” H Front/4” W x 5” H Rear

13.0 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

10-4166 (2RU in height)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

10- 4166

Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manage For

Standard 19” Rack with Special Strain Relief Bracket

3” W x 3” H Front/3” W x5” H Rear

11 lbs.

High Grade Polymer

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

Dome Size Splice Tray # Splice

Trays Mounting # Cable Strain

Relief

# Ground

Lugs

Starfighter

Fiber

Optic

Closure

4024

4024-D

(48 Single

fusion)

A612-SSTP

12 Splices X0-4 X

P=Pole/Wall

A=Aerial

D=ADSS

X=None

X3-6

(3/4” Fitting) X0-5*

4048

4048-D

(96 Single

fusion)

B4048-SSTP

24 Splices X0-4 X

P=Pole/Wall

A=Aerial

D=ADSS

X=None

X3-6

(3/4” Fitting) X0-5*

4000

4000-D

(192 Single

fusion)

B4048-SSTP

24 Splices

X0-8 X

P=Pole/Wall

A=Aerial

D=ADSS

X=None

X3-6

(1” Fitting) X0-6*

4000-D

(288 Single

fusion)

C4072-SSTP

36 Splices

Multilink’s Family Of Splice Enclosures

Example

SFOC4024-A-1-A-3-1

Grounding Lug Selection:

Selecting (1 or more) grounding lugs will include only (1) grounding braid.

Select the correct Starghter Dome to meet your needs!

SFOC XXXX -X-X-X-X-X

*See notes

Selecting (0) grounding lugs will remove grounding braid and bonding clamps from dome.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

The Multilink Starghter 4024-D Fiber Optic Dome Splice closure is an “all

parts” inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease of

assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split end

plate for midaccess cable applications and an easy to install “no special

tool” sealing system. All major hardware is factory installed to allow for

quick eld installation. Universal grommets along with compression style

lateral or branch cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy. The

4024-D is a small capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and

underground applications.

Features & Benets

• Completely sealed with compression seal technology

• Ease in installation requiring no special tools

• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant

• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable

• Capacity: (4) 612 - SSTP - 48 Single Fusion Splices

Specications

Exterior Closure Length 15.3” (38.9cm)

Exterior Closure Diameter 8.5” (21.59cm)

Cable Entry (2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.75” (19mm)

.30” (7.62mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.63” (16mm)

.27” (6.9mm)

Weight 6.5 lbs (3kg)

Material Dome - Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled

Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene

Ordering

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

020-059-10 4 024- D Star ghter Fiber Optic Dom e Splice En closure w ith 1 Spl ice Tr ay 15.3” L x 8.5” D 6.5 lbs (3kg) Each

065-209-10 612-SSTP Splice Tray, 12 Single/24 Ribbon Splice Capacity 6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D 0.10 lbs. Each

10-8362 4024-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit 1” x 2” x 6” 2 lbs. Pair

072-002-10 4024-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit 2” x 4” x 15” 2 lbs. Each

072-002-20 4024-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit N/A 3 lbs. Each

10-8181 4024-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit N/A 1 lbs. Each

10-7166 Compression Wrench for 3/4” NPT Fittings Aluminum N/A 0.5 lbs. Each

4024- D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

4024- D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure

Grommet Inserts for 3/4” NPT Fittings

Stock ID 10-8084 10-8087 10-8085 10-8090 10-8092 10-8091 10-8088 10-9999

10 Pack ID 10-8096 10-8106 10-8097 10-8109 10 - 8111 10-8110 10-8107 10-5414

# of Ports 44333211

Cable Size .20"-.24" .16"-.20" .24"-.28" .16"-.20" Flat Drop .25"-.29" .27"-.31" .32"-.46"

Weight .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs.

4024-D Cable Addition Kit

10-8181

.460 DIA

Strain Relief

Bracket for 3/4”

NPT Fitting

.310 DIA

Hose Clamps

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

The Multilink StarghterTM 4048D Fiber Optic Dome Splice Closure is an

“all parts” inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease

of assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split

end plate for mid-access cable applications and includes an integrated

slack storage basket, interlocking splice trays via a modied keyhole style

stacking module, and an easy to install no special tool sealing system.

All major hardware is factory installed to allow for quick eld installation.

Universal grommets along with compression style lateral or branch

cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy to assemble. The 4048D

is a medium capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and

underground applications.

Specications

40 48 - D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure

Features & Benets

• Completely sealed with compression seal technology

• Ease in installation requiring no special tools

• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant

• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable

• Capacity: (4) 4048 - SSTP - 96 Single Fusion Splices

• RUS Listed

Exterior Closure Length 19”

Exterior Closure Diameter 8.5”

Cable Entry (2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.75” (19mm)

.30” (7.62mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.63” (16mm)

.27” (6.9mm)

Weight 7.5 l bs.

Dome Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled Polypropylene,

V-Band - Polypropylene

Ordering

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

10-8365 4048-D Starghter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ 1 Splice Tray 19” L x 8.5” D 7.5 lbs. Each

020-049-10 4048-D Starghter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ Splice Tray & 6 ground lugs 19” L x 8.5” D 7.5 lbs . Each

10 -9126 4048-D Starghter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ Pedestal 40” L x 10” D 28.5 lbs. Each

10-8007 4048-SSTP Splice Tray 24 Single/48 Ribbon Splice Capacity 9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D 0.57 lbs. Each

10-8362 4048-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit 1” x 2” x 6” 2 lbs. Pair

072- 001-10 4048-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit 19”L x 1.5” W x 3.7”H 2 lbs. Each

072-002-20 4048-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit N/A 3 lbs. Each

10-8181 4048-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit N/A 1 lbs. Each

10-7166 Compression Wrench for 3/4” NPT Fittings Aluminum N/A 0.5 lbs. Each

065-058-10 4048-D Slack Rack Steel/Powder Coated, Black N/A 0.5 lbs. Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

40 48 - D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure

Grommet Inserts for 3/4” NPT Fittings

Stock ID 10-8084 10-8087 10-8085 10-8090 10-8092 10-8091 10-8088 10-9999

10 Pack ID 10-8096 10-8106 10-8097 10-8109 10 - 8111 10-8110 10-8107 10-5414

# of Ports 44333211

Cable Size .20"-.24" .16"-.20" .24"-.28" .16"-.20" Flat Drop .25"-.29" .27"-.31" .32"-.46"

Weight .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs.

4048-D Cable Addition Kit

10-8181

.460 DIA

Strain Relief

Bracket for 3/4”

NPT Fitting

.310 DIA

Hose Clamps

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

The Starghter 4000-D Dome Splice Closure is designed for above or

below grade applications and supports up to 6 or more cable entries.

The closure has a unique gasketed Split End Plate system that allows for

midaccessing cable up to 1.125” in diameter. Branch or lateral cables can

be added to any one of four compression seal entry ports. Multiple cables

(up to 6) can also be installed utilizing multi-port grommets available for

the closure. The closure requires no special tools, adhesives, or mastics for

installation. The new unibody slack storage basket and hinged splice trays

allow for maximum storage and access of ber and ber bundles. Splice

capacity of 288 single fusion splices using the 4072-SSTP tray 36 splice.

Features & Benets

• Completely sealed with compression seal technology

• Ease in installation requiring no special tools

• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant

• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable

• Can be used for above or below grade applications

• Capacity: w/ (8) 4048 - SSTP - 192 Single Fusion Splices or

Capacity: w/ (8) 4072 - SSTP - 288 Single Fusion Splices

• RUS Listed

Specications

Exterior Closure Length 23.75” (60.33cm)

Exterior Closure Diameter 10” (25.4cm)

Cable Entry (2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

1.12” (28.5mm)

.375” (9.5mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.98” (24.9mm)

.30” (7.62mm)

Weight 12.5 lbs (5.67kg)

Material Dome - Polyester, End Plates - Glass Filled

Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene

40 00- D Starf ig hte r™ Dome Enclosure

Ordering

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

10-8146 4000-D Starghter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4072-SSTP Splice Tray 22.0” L x 10.0” D 12.50 Each

020-046-10 4000-D Starghter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4072-SSTP & 6 ground lugs 22.0” L x 10.0” D N/A Each

020-002-20 4000-D Starghter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4048-SSTP Splice Tray 22.0” L x 10.0” D 12.50 Each

10-8007 4048-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray 9.75” L x 4.5” W x 0.5” D 0.57 Each

065-001-10 4072-SSTP 36 Fiber Splice Tray 10.75” L x 5.75” W x 0.5” D 0.59 Each

10-5324 4000-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit 1” x 2” x 6” 2 lbs. Pair

10-5335 4000-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit 24”L x 2” W x 4”H 2 lbs. Each

072-002-20 4000-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit N/A 3 lbs. Each

10-6028 4000-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit N/A 1 lbs. Each

10-7167 Compression Wrench for 1” NPT Fittings Aluminum N/A 0.5 lbs. Each

10-6635 4000-D Assembly Stand N/A 5 lbs. Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

40 00- D Starf ig hte r™ Dome Enclosure

4000-D Cable Addition Kit

10-6028

4000-D Wall/Pole Mount Kit

10-5335

Grommet Inserts for 1” NPT Fittings

Interconnect Modules

.410-.500 DIA

1/2” x 1-1/16”

Hose Clamp

Strain Relief

Bracket for 1”

NPT Fitting

.510-.790 DIA

1” Plastic NPT Nut

.300-.400 DIA

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

10-6074 4000-D-4PKSCU Interconnect Module with 4

SC/UPC Bulkheads

3” x 6” x 14” 2.0 Each

10-5416 4000-D-4PKSCA Interconnect Module with 4

SC/APC Bulkheads

3” x 6” x 14” 2.0 Each

10-9164 4000-D-16PKSCU Interconnect Module with 8

SC/UPC Duplex Bulkheads (Shown)

Mounts In Same

3” x 6” x 14” 2.0 Each

Stock ID 10-5552 10-5127 10-5128 10-6550 10-5129 10-6552 10-6002 10-5130 10-5134

10 Pack ID 10-5553 10-5421 10-5422 10-6551 10 -5419 10-6553 10-6003 10-5483 10-5420

# of Ports 111864444

Cable Size .3"-.4" .41"-.5" .51"-.79" .150" .265 .300 .350 .370 Flat Drop

Weight .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

Starghter 1120-F MiniButt™

holds four ber cables

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

70203K 1120-F Starghter Minibutt 15” L x 6.5” W x 3” D

(38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm)

6.0 Each

70205K 1120-F Starghter Minibutt with One 1120-SSTA Splice Tray 15” L x 6.5” W x 3” D

(38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm)

6.35 Each

70902K 1120-SSTA 12 Fiber Splice Tray 7” L x 4.75” W x .50” D 0.35 Each

1120 - F Starf ighter™ MiniButt

The 1120-F MiniButt Fiber Optic Splice Closure is designed for low count ber splicing and in areas where space is a

constraint. The closure incorporates an integrated gasket to prevent the ingress of water but to allow for ease in access.

Features & Benets

• Supports both Inline or Butt Congurations

• Lightweight and compact

• Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of .3”

to .63”

• Suitable for above or below grade installations

• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant

materials

• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding

lugs.

• Up to 24 single fusion or 48 mass fused bers

• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing

applications

• Capacity: (2) 1120 - SSTA - 24 Single Fusion Splices

• RUS Listed

Patent # 5732180

Specications

Exterior Closure Length 15”(38.1cm)

Exterior Closure Width 6.5” (16.5cm)

Exterior Closure Height 3.5” (8.9cm)

Cable Entry (4) Branch or Lateral

Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.63” (16mm)

.3” (7.6mm)

Material 5720U Xenoy

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

200 0 - F Starf ighter™ Splice Closure

Starghter 2000-F

holds four ber cables

Patent # 5732180

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

70304K 2000-F Starghter 24.5” L x 8” W x 5” D

(62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm)

9.0 Each

70302K 2000-F Starghter with One 2000-SSTA Splice Tray 24.5” L x 8” W x 5” D

(62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm)

9.0 Each

70506K 2000-SSTA 24 Fiber Splice Tray 11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D .65 Each

70709K 2020-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray 12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D .54 Each

The Starghter 2000-F is a medium capacity ber optic splice closure designed for a majority of splicing applications in

above and below grade installations. The closure supports both aluminum and plastic splice trays and is fully gasketed to

prevent the ingress of water while allowing for ease in entry. The unit is compact and manufactured with highly impact

and corrosion resistant materials.

Features & Benets

• Supports both Inline or Butt congurations

• Lightweight and compact

• Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of .3”

to .63”

• Suitable for above or below grade installations

• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant

materials

• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding

lugs

• Up to 72 single fusion or 144 mass fused bers

• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing

applications

• Capacity: (3) 2000 - SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices

• Capacity: (3) 2020 - SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices

• RUS Listed

Specications

Exterior Closure Length 24.5”(62.2cm)

Exterior Closure Width 8”(20.3cm)

Exterior Closure Height 5”(12.7cm)

Cable Entry (4) Branch or Lateral

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

.63” (16mm)

.3” (7.6mm)

Material 5720U Xenoy

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

3000- F Star f ighter™ Splice Closure

Starghter 3000-F with a

Cable Addition Kit,

Holds 8 Cables

The Starghter 3000-F is a high capacity splice closure designed for major splice points in the network. The closure

supports both Inline and Butt congurations and is expandable utilizing an optional cable expansion kit. The closure

utilizes gasketed sealing along with a patented cable seal which allows for mid-span access to the largest cables. The

closure can be used in both above and below grade applications.

Features & Benets

• Mid-access cables up to 1.1” in diameter

• Supports both Inline or Butt congurations

• Up to eight cable entries with cable OD range of 0.3” to

1.1”

• Suitable for above or below grade installations

• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant

materials

• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding

lugs

• Up to 288 single fusion or 576 mass fused bers

• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing

applications

• Capacity: (6) 3000 - SSTA - 144 Single Fusion Splices

• Capacity: (6) 3030 - SSTP - 144 Single Fusion Splices

• Capacity: w/ 3000 CAK (12) - 288 Single Fusion Splices

• RUS Listed

Patent # 5732180

Specications

Exterior Closure Length 21.13” (53.66cm)

Exterior Closure Width 8.25” (20.96cm)

Exterior Closure Height 8” (20.32cm)

Cable Entry (4) Branch or Lateral

(8) with CAK

Cable Diameter

Max.

Min.

1.124” (28.55mm)

.375” (9.525mm)

Material 5720U Xenoy

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

A70575K 3000-F Starghter 21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D

(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

10.0 Each

-70536K 3000-F Starghter with 1 3000-SSTA Splice Tray (Not Pictured) 21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D

(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

11.0 Each

- 70582K 3000-F Starghter with 1 3030-SSTP Splice Tray (Not Pictured) 21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D

(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

11.0 Each

B70314K 3000-CAK (Cable Addition Kit) Starghter 21” L x 9.38” W x 3” D

(53.3cm x 23.83cm x 7.62cm)

8.0 Each

- 70505K 3000-SSTA 24 Fiber Splice Tray 7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D 1.0 Each

-70706K 3030-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray 8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D 1.0 Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

1100-A Aerial Hanger Brackets

Stock ID

Description

Weight

Material

UOM

70800K

1100-A Aerial Hanger Brackets

.66 lbs

Stainless Steel

Pair

1100-SS ADSS Mounting Kit

Stock ID

Description

Weight

Material

UOM

71241K

1100-SS ADSS Mounting Kit

.55 lbs.

Plastic/Stainless Steel

Each

1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets

Stock ID

Description

Weight

Material

UOM

70307K

1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets

.35 lbs

Galvanized Steel

Pair

1100-T Standard Tap Bracket

Stock ID

Description

Weight

Material

UOM

70653

1100-T Standard Tap Bracket

.19 lbs

Aluminum

Each

Splice Closure Accessories

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

Starf ig hter™ Optical Terminal Enclosure

The OTE (Optical Terminal Enclosure) is designed to support the

splicing of optical drops and traditional splicing in aerial, pole, or

wall mount applications. The unit is an inline enclosure with four

ports on each end. The OTE is constructed of a durable and impact

resistant polyethylene material specically formulated for outside

plant environments. The unit can support express cabling as well

as the addition of branch or lateral cabling. When used as a drop

splicing enclosure, the OTE will support a variety of drop designs

and provide the environmental sealing and strain relief required.

Up to 36 drops can be supported in FTTH applications. The

enclosure is supplied with all of the hardware required to seal and

secure the express/feeder cables, and a (12) ber splice tray.

Features & Benets

• Easy to assemble cable sealing and retention system.

• Reduces operating costs by allowing customers to purchase

additional capacity only when needed.

• Reduces closure inventory. The enclosure is suitable for a wide

variety of above grade installation and mounting applications.

• Universal above grade optical ber splicing and termination

capability.

• High impact resistant and UV resistant thermoplastic for long life.

• Supports PON components as well as optical connectorized

terminations.

• Provides all in one sealing and strain relief of individual drops.

• Can support up to 36 individual drops.

• Mid-access capable for cables up to 1.125” in diameter.

10-6060

020-066-10

Drop Seals or other cable seal kits, see ordering information

*Multiport Cable Seals are available to support up to 36 ber drops for FTTH Applications

Exterior Closure Length 18.5” Standard Splice Trays 4 (Enclosure comes equipped with 1

Tray)

Exterior Closure Depth 6.0” Standard Cables 2 (Express Feeder)

Exterior Closure Height 11.5” FTTH/Lateral Ports 6 Ports (Up to 36 Individual Drops)

Cable Entry Ports (2) Express Feeder, (6) Branch

Lateral, or Multiport*

Standard Single Splices 48

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter Max. 1.124”/Min. 0.375” Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter Max. 0.98”/Min. 0.30”

Stock ID Description Dimensions Weight UOM

10-6060 Starghter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure (Basic Enclosure) 18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D 10 lbs. Each

020-026-20 Starghter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure w/ 6 Scout Adapters 18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D 12 lbs. Each

020-066-10 Starghter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure w/ 8 SC/APC Adapters 18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D 12 lbs. Each

10-8007 4048-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray 9.75” L x 4.5” W x 0.5” D 0.57 lbs. Each

10-5435 Wall/Pole Mounting Bracket w/ Mounting Hardware N/A 3 lbs. Each

10-5436 Aerial Hanger Bracket Kit N/A N/A Pair

10-5434 ADSS Mounting Bracket N/A N/A Each

Specications

Ordering

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

1” NPT Dome Fitting

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

UOM

10 -5122

1” NPT Dome Fitting-Includes. Insert for

.71”- .98” Diameter Cable

Plastic

Each

OTE Cable Addition Kit

Stock ID

Description

UOM

065-016-10

OTE Cable Addition Kit for Branch or

Lateral Cable Additions, .3”- .98”

Each

OTE Additional Options

Stock ID 10-5552 10-5127 10-5128 10-6550 10-5129 10-6552 10-6002 10 -5130 10 -5134 065-082-10

10 Pack ID 10-5553 10-5421 10-5422 10-6551 10 -5419 10-6553 10-6003 10-5483 10-5420 N/A

# of Ports 1118644441-SC

Cable Size .3"-.4" .41"-.5" .51"-.79" .150" .265 .300 .350 .370 Flat Drop SC Outdoor

Weight .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 lbs. .2 lbs.

Grommet Inserts For 1" NPT Fittings

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The

splice trays provide protection and organization of ber splices. Adhesive backed ber insert holders and assorted cable

ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

2000-SSTA

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70506K

2000-SSTA

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.65 lbs.

Aluminum

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

3000-SSTA

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70505K

3000-SSTA

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.54 lbs.

Aluminum

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

2020-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70709K

2020-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.54 lbs.

Plastic Base w/ Aluminum Cover

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

Splice Trays

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Splice Closures

All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The

splice trays provide protection and organization of ber splices. Adhesive backed ber insert holders and assorted cable

ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

3030-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

70706K

3030-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.50 lbs.

Plastic

24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,

or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

4048-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

10-8007

4048-SSTP

24 Single Fusion Splice Tray

9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.60 lbs.

Plastic

24 Single Fusion Splices (48 Dual Stacked), 16

Mechanical Splices, or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

4072-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

065-001-10

4072-SSTP

36 Single Fusion Splice Tray

10.75” L x 5.75” W x .5” D

Approx. 0.60 lbs.

Plastic

36 Single Fusion Splices (72 Dual Stacked), 24

Mechanical Splices, or 144 Mass Fusion Splices

612-SSTP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

065-209-10

612-SSTP

12 Single Fusion Splice Tray

6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D

Approx. 0.10 lbs.

Plastic

12 Single Fusion Splices Only

40mm Splice Sleeve Only

1120 -SS TP

Stock ID

Model #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

072- 059-10

112 0 -SS TP

12 Single Fusion Splice Tray

6.5” L x 5.13” W x 0.5” D

Approx. 0.20 lbs.

Plastic

12 Single Fusion Splices Only

40mm Splice Sleeve Only

Splice Trays

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices - Plastic Sno-Shoe®, Fiber Optic Storage, Aerial and Vault

The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe® has been

designed with two purposes in mind. The

rst is to store additional lengths of ber

along the strand for later use. The second

is to act as a safeguard, protecting the

minimum bend radius of the ber optic

cable while establishing proper installation

practices. The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe® is

a durable and cost eective tool for storing

ber optic cable in the air!

Benets

Why use the Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe®?

• Prevents microbends in ber optic cable

• Provides consistency and regularity in

ber optic loops

• Solution to spacing problems on poles

• 20 year pro-rated warranty

Features

• The plastic material design makes the

Sno-Shoe® non-conductive.

• Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool

installation.

• The captive design of the Patented Cable

Trough™ allows the installer to simply lay

the cable in the trough, leaving both

hands free to secure the cable to the unit.

• Stackability: the Plastic Adjustable Sno-

Shoe® can be stacked in multiple cable

congurations to accommodate

additional ber mount tiering.

• The multiple slots in the Patented Cable

Trough™ allow you to secure the cable

with either heavy duty tie wraps or

stainless steel straps. These slots also

allow you to secure additional cable to

the unit in expansion situations without

having to remove any of the previously

installed cable from the unit and also

allows for water and ice drainage.

Strand Mount

ADSS Mount

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices

10” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

71211K 2110 - SS PT B Strand 52” 1.0” 1.0” 2 pcs

71220K 2110-SSPSS ADSS 52” 1.0” 1.0” 2 pcs

Overall Size Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty Boxed Weight

23.8”L x 12.3”W x 1.1”D 1.4 Lbs 5” 23.5 Lbs

STACKING KIT FOR PLASTIC SNO-SHOE®

Stock ID Kit Includes Weight MOQ

71301K (2) Risers, (2) Bolts, (2) Washers, (2) Nuts 2 Lbs 1 Kit

16” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

71244K 2116 - SS PT B Strand 59” 1.0” 1.25” 2 pcs

71215K 2116-SSPSS ADSS 59” 1.0” 1.25” 2 pcs

Overall Size Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty Boxed Weight

24.0”L x 18.0”W x 1.5”D 1.7 Lbs 8” 24.4 Lbs

21” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

71221K 2121-SSPTB Strand 80” 2.0” 1.75” 1 pc

71226K 2121-SSPSS ADSS 80” 2.0” 1.75” 1 pc

Overall Size Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty Boxed Weight

33.0”L x 25.3”W x 2.0”D 4.8 Lbs 11. 5” 16.7 Lbs

7” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

6 49 - 011-2 0 VASSB Strand 22” 1.75” 1.0” 1 pc

6 49 - 011-10 VASSB None 22” 1.75” 1.0” 1 pc

Overall Size Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty Boxed Weight

13.0”L x 11.0”W x 1.6”D 1.0 Lbs 3.5” 11.4 Lbs

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices

EXTENSIONS FOR ADJUSTABLE SNO-SHOES®

Stock ID Kit Includes MOQ

10-7168 (2) 18” Extensions & (2) Hardware Kits 1 Kit

10-7169 (2) 48” Extensions & (2) Hardware Kits 1 Kit

16” Sno-Shoe shown with Strand

Mounting Bracket fully open

24” Sno-Shoe shown with Strand

Mounting Brackety fully open

16” PLASTIC ADJUSTABLE SNOSHOE®

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

71255K 2116 -S AP TB S Strand 50”-62” 2.0” 2.0” 1 pc

71240K* 2116 -SAP TB P Pole w/Strut 50”-62” 2.0” 2.0” 1 pc

71236K

2116 -SA PT BW

Wall 50”-62” 2.0” 2.0” 1 pc

71239K 2116 -S AP TB R Rack 50”-62” 2.0” 2.0” 1 pc

71225K 2116-SAPSS ADSS 50”-62” 2.0” 2.0” 1 pc

Overall Size Weight Each Boxed Qty

Bend Radius

Boxed Weight

24.5”L x 20.5”W x 2.3”D 5.1 Lbs* 18” 6.0 Lbs

24” PLASTIC ADJUSTABLE SNOSHOE®

Stock ID Model # Mounting Kit Channel

Length

Channel

Width

Channel

Depth MOQ

71258K 2124-SAPTB Strand 75”-87” 2.25” .88” 1 pc

71261K* 2124 -SAPTBP Pole w/Strut 75”-87” 2.25” .88” 1 pc

71263K

2124-SAPTBW

Wall 75”-87” 2.25” .88” 1 pc

Overall Size Weight Each Boxed Qty

Bend Radius

Boxed Weight

36.8”L x 28.8”W x 2.0”D 9.6 Lbs* 18” 11.4 Lbs

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color UOM

10-4653 Slack Box SSB-303612 30” x 36” x 12” Gray Each

10-4666 Slack Box SSB-364212 36” x 42” x 12” Gray Each

*71240K includes 6ft unistrut. Add 10 lbs.

*71261K includes 6ft unistrut. Add 10 lbs.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color UOM

10-9433 MRS-3TB-LW 3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19” Linen White Each

10-9434 MRS-3TB-IV 3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19” Ivory Each

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color UOM

020-026-10 MRS-6TB-LW 5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00” Linen White Each

020-026-11 MRS-6TB-IV 5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00” Ivory Each

(Knockouts For MRM75, MRC75 & Single Fiber Raceway)

(Knockouts For MRM75, MRC75, MRM12 & MRC12)

Multilink’s OSP slack storage box is 5” W x 5” L x 2” D. This OSP slack storage box is used for exterior slack storage

applications using 3mm single ber cable. There are two stackable storage spools that allow storage of multiple single

ber cable drops. Both of these spools are removable. In an instance where only one spool is sucient, the spool can

either be secured at a lower level or can be mounted at an elevation onto the risers o the back of the inside of the box

as a spool on the upper level. This allows additional storage under the spool. There are three entry points sealed with

removable cap plugs, or it can be ordered without holes. The diameter of each entry hole is 1 inch. The box is equipped

with a hex bolt (with a retainer) that can be secured using a standard 216C type wrench. In addition to the above, the box

is also equipped with a provision for a hasp lock. A built-in hinge allows captive and non-captive exibility.

Fiber Optic Exterior Slack Storage Box

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Std. CRT Size UOM

020-004-23 Slack Box, Exterior with 3, 1” holes 4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D Ivory 1Each

020-004-24 Slack Box, Exterior without holes 4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D Ivory 1Each

FILL CHART

Bend Radius Cable Type EIA/TIA 40% Maximum Fill

1.263 Inches 3mm Fiber Optic Cable 5.2 1.58 M 13’ 3.9 MRT

1.211 Inches 3mm Fiber Optic Cable 4.4 1.34 M 11’ 3.52 MRT

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Grounding/Bonding

3015-MSGK Mid-Span Grounding/Bonding Enclosure

The Starghter Mid-Span Grounding Closure is specically designed to allow for meeting grounding and bonding

specications. The closure has a Gel Seal technology to provide for a water tight seal without the need for any additional

grommets or special seals. The closure is also designed for re-sealing cable sheath damaged as a result of placing or

outside plant events.

Features & Benets

• Completely sealed with Gel Seal technology.

• Ease in installation requiring no special tools.

• Compact for tight areas.

• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without disturbing a working cable.

• Can be used for above or below grade applications.

Stock ID Description Dimensions Weight Lbs. UOM

313015MS6K 3015-MSGK Mid-Span Grounding Bonding Enclosure 12”L x 2.38”D 1.86 Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Cable Identication

Cable Markers

MFM Series Lasered Fiber Optic Cable Marker UV Stabilized Body for Weather and Color

Ordering Information

MFM - - -

MULTILINK

FIBER

MARKER

DIAMETER

SIZE

CUSTOM

MARKER

OPTIONS

MARKER

COLOR

OPTIONS

12 .5” x 8”

15 1” x 8”

20 2” x 8”

*Other custom lengths

available upon request

00 Lasered “Fiber Optic Cable”

RT Custom Text

SL Special Logo

Standard Colors

01 Yellow

02 Orange

Custom Colors

03 Blue

04 Green

05 Gray

06 White

07 Brown

08 Red

*Other custom colors available

upon request

Features & Benets

• Lifetime warranty on printing and a 20 year pro-rated

warranty on plastic body

• Customization provides easy identication of your cables

during emergencies or general maintenance

• UV stabilized body won’t degrade in outside applications

• Simple and quick installation: Wrap-around design eliminates

the need for special tools and adhesives.

• The three dierent sizes can accommodate a variety of cable congurations

• A variety of colors allow you to segregate your dierent ber runs or to distinguish your

cables from pre-existing cables

500 Minimum Order with both RT & SL part numbers

5,000 Minimum Order for custom colors

Please contact customer service for custom orders and more information

Please note: $75.00 one time set-up fee for special logo

• MRM Flag style markers available for 1”

cable.

• Same great features with added space

for custom identication.

• Marker length is custom to request.

• Contact customer service for more

information.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Cable Identication

MULTITAG™ Tamper Resistant Security Seals

The Multilink, Inc. MULTITAG™ was designed with the installer’s problems and needs in mind. The uniquely patented

design surrounds the cable with both the body and hasp, making the tag virtually tamperproof!

MT-AL

7 Digit Alphanumerical w/Custom Logo

MT-WN

Writing Panel w/Custom Name

MT - - -

MULTILINK

TAG OPTION 1 OPTION 2 TAG

COLOR

Identication Options

PO* Plain

LW* Large Writing Panel

BA* Barcode w/Alphanumerical (5,000 MOQ)

A7 Digit Alphanumerical

NCustom Name

LCustom Logo

WWriting Panel

ODenotes No Second Option Desired

*Second option not available

Color Options

01 Yellow 09 Lt. Blue

02 Orange 10 Dk. Blue

03 Purple 11 Lt. Green

04 Gold 12 Dk. Green

05 White 13 Blue Green

06 Black 14 Rose

07 Red 15 Beige

Other custom colors available upon request

Please specify which loop style you prefer

when placing your order.

Type

(Standard)

Standard Package is 100 pieces per bag

Get Your Custom

Logo Engraved

On Your Tags!

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Cable Identication

Bar Code your Multilink, Inc. MULTITAG™ and get a second set

of bar codes to stick on the audit work sheet report!

MT-AO

7 Digit, Alphanumerical

MT-WO

Writing Panel

MT-LW

Large Writing Panel

MT-PO

Plain

MT-WA

Writing Panel, w/7 Digit Alphanumerical

MT-BA

Bar Code w/7 Digit Alphanumerical

(Minimum Order of 5,000 pieces)

MT-LO

Custom Logo

MT-AN

7 Digit Alphanumerical w/Custom Name

MT-WL

Writing Panel w/Custom Logo

MT-NO

Custom Name

MULTITAG™ Tamper Resistant Security Seals

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Cable Identication

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Environmetally Controlled, Forced Convection

& Natural Convection

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

SmartPed 2000-FNC

Applications

An above-ground housing to shelter ampliers,

splice enclosures, nodes, and provide ample

space for slack storage in a secured environment.

Features & Benets

• Pedestal consists of one piece continuous frame made up of

galvanealed steel and a top, four doors and skirts made up of

galvanealed steel

• Pedestal parts are coated with 2-3 mils of polyester powder

coat after undergoing 5 pretreatment processes

• All four doors and top are detachable using stainless steel

slide o hinges (8)

• Front doors are locked with a rod-roller system including a

ush mounted 1 piece lock

• Back doors are also locked internally and can only be

accessed from inside the pedestal

• All door ventilation louvers are backed with berglass bug

screens

• Convection air ow system in place to properly ventilate

cabinet

• Pedestal can either be concrete pad mounted, stake mounted,

or vault mounted

• All vertical seams are sealed with synthetic rubber seal, entire

cabinet is rain tight

• Built-in universal mounting hardware and accessories made of

galvaneal with polyester powder coat to withstand all

environments.

• Safety Corners™

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

12467K 2000-FNC Node Cabinet and Pedestal Base, includes two mounting rods and

slack storage brackets

50”H x 30”W x 16”D Each

12824 BS-24 Stake 24” L Each

12432 BS-32 Stake 32” L Each

12845 BS-42 Stake 42” L Each

Customize internal SmartPed components to t your broadband needs. Call Customer Service for more information. (440.366.6966)

CONSTRUCTION

Door Front Dual Doors, 3 Point Latch, Lockable

Back Dual Doors, Locked From Inside

All Doors Removable

Detachable Top

Cable Entrance Bottom Open For Concrete Pad, Or Vault

Mounting

Heating and Cooling Natural Convection

All Door Louvered Top, Bottom And

Back w/ Bug Screen

Construction

Main Body Galvannaled Steel / Safety Corners

All Vertical Seams Sealed w/ Synthetic

Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Capacity Ample Space To Mount Ampliers, Splice

Closures, Nodes And Slack Storage

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance (2) 3.0” Knockouts, Right Side, High

(2) 3.0” Knockouts, Left Side, High

Open Bottom

Mounting Ground

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-031-10 Enclosure w/ 10-32 Threaded Rails 35.5” H x 36” W x 25” D Gray 92 Each

030-075-10 Enclosure w/ 12-24 Threaded Rails 35.5” H x 36” W x 25” D Gray 92 Each

802-008-10 Pre-Cast Polymer Pad w/ Inserts 40” L x 30” W x 4” D - 92 Each

MQ-FRM

Multilink’s MQ-FRM Enclosure is designed to hold 19” or 23”

rack mounted equipment in outside plant. The rack is 28”

tall (16 Rack Units). Equipped with front and back removable

doors for convenient access. The MQ-FRM enclosure is

designed for passive cooling to utilize the phenomenon of

natural convection to the highest possible extent. The

ventilation louvers and the slope vented roof assist entry of

cool air at the ground level and the rejection of hot air into the

environment through the roof. All ventilation louvers backed

with bug screens.

Construction

Main Body Aluminum

Hardware Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19”- 23” Adjustable Width

16RU Height

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Front and Back Access Panels,

Both Dual Keyed

Adjustable Rails for

19” or 23” Mounting

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-129-10 Opto-Electronic Enclosure 65.5” H x 28” W x 33” D Beige 230 Each

030 -129 -20 Opto-Electronic Enclosure w/ A/C Unit & Service Entrance 65.5” H x 28” W x 33” D Beige 270 Each

Opto-Electronic Enclosure

Multilink’s Opto-Electronic Enclosure is

designed for 19” & 23” rack mounted

equipment. This enclosure is designed

to protect the equipment from dust,

snow and rain. It is equipped with two

duplex GFI outlets, a uorescent light

that gets activated by an automatic

pressure switch when the door opens.

The internal rack is 52” height (29 Rack

Units). Also equipped with a solar shield

installed above the roof for additional

protection from sun loading. An optional

air conditioner is available.

CONSTRUCTION

Heating and Cooling Ventilation Louvers On Bottom Of Both

Doors Backed By Bug Screen

Sloped Roof w/ Ventilation Louvers

Backed By Bug Screen

Solar Shield Protecting Roof

Fan Shelf, 1RU, (6) 100 CFM Fans Mounted

On Rack at Top

(744-386-20) 120Vac, 15A Breaker, 10ft Cord

Optional Air

Conditioner

4000 BTU Air Conditioning w/ Integral

Heater

Powering Customer To Supply 120/240VAC

(3) Duplex Receptacle GFCI, 15A, 125VAC,

60Hz

(1) Light, 18”, 15W, 120VAC (F15-T8-CW/TSC)

Controlled By Door Switch

Construction

Main Body Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19”- 23” Adjustable Width

29RU Height

10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Front and Back 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,

Light Contol Switch, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance 14” x 24” Rectangle Opening On Bottom,

Rear

Mounting Ground

Solar Shield to

Reduce Sun Loading

Removable

Lifting Hooks

4000BTU Air

Conditioner

(optional)

3-Point

Padlockable

Latch

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Wall/Pole Mount 21RU

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-202-10 Wall/Pole Mount 21RU 50” H x 29” W x 24”D Beige 210 Each

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance (4) Dual Stage Knockouts 1-3”, Located Front

Right of the Cabinet

Heating and Cooling Can Include A/C or Heat Exchanger

Grounding All Components Are Grounded To The Main

Bus Bar

Mounting Wall And Pole Mount

Powering 120/240VAC Service Entrance, 20 Amp

Circuit Breaker, Surge Protector,

(2) Duplex Receptacle, 125V, 20A Ground Bar

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19”-Width, Swingout

21RU Height

10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Door Alarm

Switch

Swing Out Rack for

Easy Rear Access Isolated

Copper Bus Bar

Removable

Panel for

Optional Heat

Exchanger

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 12RU

Heating & Cooling Dual thermostatically controlled, 48V DC,

100CFM fans with patented lifesaver roof

Mounting Wall/Unistrut

Powering 125V Duplex Receptacle w/Service Entrance

Cable Entrance 4 X(Ø1.5 X 2.25”) Dual Stage Knockouts

1 X(Ø4.00”) Single Stage Knockout

Construction

Main Body Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19” Width

11RU Height

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA

Door 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-180-40 12RU Wall/Unistrut Mount (congured as shown) 31” H x 26” W x 23.5” D Beige 87 Each

030-180-60 12RU Pole Mount (congured as shown) 31” H x 26” W x 26.2” D Beige 93 Each

030-180-25 12RU Wall/Unistrut Mount (w/o service entrance, fused 48V DC Fans) 31” H x 22” W x 23.5” D Beige 85 Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 12RU

Dual

100CFM Fans

(120V AC operation)

Patented Lifesaver

Roof (100%

Isolated Air Flow)

Front-to-back

Adjustable 10RU

Mounting Rack

8 -Position

Terminal Block

4” Din Rail

120V Fan

Wiring

Knockouts

(4) 1.5”/2.25”

(1) 4”

Isolated Copper

Bus Bar

120V Duplex

Receptacle and

Service Entrance

Padlockable

3-Point Latch

Ventilation louver

pocket

(houses bug screen, air

lter, or EMI/RF shield)

Automatic Wind

Stop

Switch For

Activating

Open Door

Alarm

Gasketed

Door

Continuous

Stainless Steel

Piano Hinge

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Dual Door Backhaul 17RU

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-201-10 17RU Dual Door Backhaul 41” H x 20.5” W x 22” D Beige 150 Each

Construction

Main Body Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Beige Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19” Width

17RU Height

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Front and Back 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,

Light Contol Switch, Wind Stop

CONSTRUCTION

Heating & Cooling Full Foil-Faced Insulation, Strategically Placed

Ventilation Louvers, Patented Lifesaver

Design, and (2) 100CFM Fans

Mounting Pole Mount

Powering Dual 125V Duplex Receptacles

Cable Entrance 2 X(Ø2.47 X1.38”) Dual Stage Knockouts

1 X(Ø4.00”) Single Stage Knockout

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 18 RU w/Generator Hookup

CONSTRUCTION

Heating & Cooling Dual thermostatically controlled, 48V DC,

100CFM fans with patented lifesaver roof and

heat shield

Mounting Wall

Powering Dual 125V Quad Receptacles , 100Amp

120/240V 6 Position Service Entrance,

70Amp 240V 2 Position Service Entrance, and

Generator Hookup w/Transfer Switch

Cable Entrance 6 X(Ø1” X 2”) Dual Stage Knockouts

Construction

Main Body Aluminum

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19” Width

18RU Height

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA

Door 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-185-10 WMO-18RU-N4-BAT-BE 50” H x 34.5” W x 28.5” D Beige 260 Each

Dual 100

CFM Fans

Copper

Bus Bar

3-Point

Latch

Door Alarm

Switch

Surge

Protection

Front View With Door

Removed

Rear View With Pole

Bracket Removed

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Wall/Pole Mount 14-RU-N4-AC

An above ground housing to shelter environmentally sensitive equipment from rain, sleet, snow, dust, driving

wind, hail, corrosion, and vandalism.

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum

Hardware Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19” Width

14RU Height

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge Wind Stop

Optional Battery

Drawer Capacity

(3) Group 31 or (3) Group 24 or (3) Group 27

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

10-6951 WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure 30.5” H x 24” W x 24” D Gray 185 Each

10-9160 WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure 30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D Beige 185 Each

030-152-10 PMO-14RU-N4-AC Pole Mount Enclosure 30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D Gray 185 Each

030-152-20 WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure w/ 500watt Integral Heater 30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D Gray 185 Each

030-146-10 WMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-PG Wall Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer 43” H x 28” W x 23” D Gray 205 Each

030-146-11 WMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-BE Wall Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer 43” H x 28” W x 23” D Beige 205 Each

030-151-10 PMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-PG Pole Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer 43” H x 28” W x 23” D Gray 205 Each

030-151-11 PMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-BE Pole Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer 43” H x 28” W x 23” D Beige 205 Each

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Standard - (2) 3” conduit entrances located

in the bottom rear of the compartment

With Battery Drawer - (2) 2.5” conduit

entrances located in the back wall

Heating and Cooling 1400-1600 BTU Air Conditioner

Grounding All components are grounded to the

main copper bus bar

Powering 60 Amp Service Entrance

AC Load Center

(2) Duplex Outlets, 125V 20 Amp Breaker

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

17RU Mini-OTN

An above ground housing to shelter environmentally sensitive equipment from rain, sleet, snow, dust, driving

wind, hail, corrosion, and vandalism.

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum

Hardware Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19”-23” Adjustable Width

17 RU Height

10-32 threads EIA/TIA spacing

Door Front - (Rack Section)

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,

Light Control Switch, Wind Stop

Back - (Power Slack Storage Section)

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance 8” x 20” Regular Opening On Bottom Back

Heating & Cooling 4000 BTU Air Conditioning

w/ Integrated Heater

CONSTRUCTION

Grounding All components are grounded to the

main copper bus bar

Powering 120/240VAC Service Entrance,

30A/250VAC Fuses

Generator Hook-Up w/ Manual Switch

(1) Duplex Receptacle, GFCI 20A,

125VAC, 60Hz

(1) Duplex Receptacle, GFCI 15A,

125VAC, 60Hz

(1) Power Strip, 6 Positions, 120VAC,

15A Breaker

(1) Light, 18”, 15W, 120V (F15 T8 CW/TSC)

Controlled By Front Door Switch

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color UOM

030-123-10 Mini OTN w/ 4000 BTU A/C Unit 55.25” H x 42.5” W x 39” D Beige Each

030 -123-50 Mini OTN w/o A/C Unit 55.25” H x 39” W x 39” D Beige Each

030-120-10 Mini OTN, w/ 6000 BTU A/C Unit 55.25” H x 42.5” W x 39” D Beige Each

Battery Tray

(6 Group 31

Battery Capacity)

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

14002-1 2 Bay OTN Cabinet Without

Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D Gray 760 Each

14002-2 2 Bay OTN Cabinet With

Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D Gray 760 Each

14002-2-BE 2 Bay OTN Cabinet With

Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D Beige 760 Each

14001 4 Bay OTN Cabinet With

Battery Tray - 12,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D Gray 960 Each

030-155-20 4 Bay OTN Cabinet With Battery Tray

13,000 BTU A/C and Solar Shield

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D Gray 960 Each

030-179-10 4 Bay OTN Cabinet With Battery Tray - 48Vdc 2,500 Watt

Heat Exchanger and 4 Swingout Racks

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D Beige 960 Each

14000 6 Bay OTN Cabinet With

Battery Tray - 12,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 106.5” W x 36.5” D Gray 1,200 Each

OTN Cabinet

The Multilink OTN Cabinet was designed to solve all your remote access needs. It has a compartmentalized design

which is easily congurable to t most applications in the CATV, Outside Plant, and Wireless markets. It can serve as a

mini-headend, optical transition node, repeater, hub site, telephony “point of presence”, or a cellular microcell site. It is

100% environmentally sealed, therefore, it can house and protect all your environmentally sensitive equipment from

the rain, snow, sleet, hail, and driving winds.

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum

Hardware Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish Polyester Powder Coat

Rack 19”-23” Adjustable Width

10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

2 Bay 47RU / 4 Bay 95RU / 6Bay 142 RU

*Front Racks Swing, Back Fixed

Door 3 Point Latch, Light Control Switch, Piano

Hinge, Wind Stop

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Large Openings On Bottom Of Power And

Slack Storage Ends

Heating and Cooling 8,000-12,000 BTU Air Conditioning w/

Integrated Heater

Heat Exchangers Available As Options

Grounding All components are grounded to the

main copper bus bar

Mounting Ground

Powering 60 Amp generator hook-up

MAC load center w/ GFI outlets

220V outlet

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

OTN Cabinet

Power Section Equipped with Heat Exchanger: Multilink OTN Cabinets are available with air conditioning or heat

exchanger, depending upon the climate that the cabinet is being used in, and the thermal rating of the electronics

housed within. Call Multilink Customer Service, and we can help you choose the best cabinet for your application!

**OTN Cabinets can be ordered as a complete assembly including ber management & patch panels. Please call

Customer Service for more information and ordering options.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Cabinet Options

Part # Description Dimensions Weight (lbs) UOM

744-386-20 600 CFM Fan Shelf 28” W x 1.75” H x 14.84” D 14 Each

Product Description

Multilink’s Fan Shelf is designed for both 19” & 23” rack congurations. It provides a massive airow of 600

CFM. This unique design enables an automatic activation and deactivation of the fans at 100° F and at 90° F

respectively. The Fan Shelf operates on 120V AC and is also equipped with a 15 Amp circuit breaker switch

(conveniently located towards the front) and a 10 ft. power cord for convenient use in any sized enclosure.

Included with the Fan Shelf is a universal mounting kit with required hardware to enable 19” or a 23”

conguration.

General Specications

Construction Durable Aluminum Construction Finish Powder Coat Black

Material 3003 H-14 Aluminum Dimensions 17”W x 1.75”H x 14.84” D

Hardware Stainless Steel Weight 14 lbs. (6.35kg)

Battery Heater Pad

Stock ID 035-079-10

Description 3 Battery Conguration Heater Pad with 6’

Power Cord 120V/175W

UOM Each

Dimensions 10”W x 27”L

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Custom Cabinet Ordering Guide

Features Options Response

Cabinet Evironment Indoor or Outdoor

Material Steel or Aluminum

Preferred Size H” x W” x D”

Color Beige, Gray, White

(Contact for custom color)

Access Doors Front, Rear, or Dual

Desired Locking Mechanism Cam Lock, 3-Point Latch, Pad Lockable, etc...

Heating & Cooling Vents, Fans, A/C, Heat Exchanger

(Please contact us to discuss the application)

Insulating Foil Yes or No

Solar Shield Yes or No

Electrical Outlet Yes or No

(If yes please specify quantity, Amps & voltage details)

Service Entrance Yes or No

(If yes please specify number of breakers, Amps & voltage details)

Meter Base Yes or No

(If yes please specify Amps and any other details)

Mounting Preference Wall Mount, Pole Mount, Unistrut Mount, or Pad Mount

Fiber Management Tie

Down Strips Yes or No

Generator Disconnect Yes or No

Surge Suppression Yes or No

Rack System Yes or No

(If yes please specify width)

Rack Spaces Required If applicable

Rack Style Swing out or Fixed

Front To Back Adjustable

Rack Yes or No

Pre-Threaded Rack Yes or No

(If yes please specify screw size)

Max Equipment Depth If applicable

Desired Clearance From front face of rack rails to the inside face of the door

Separate Battery Storage Yes or No

Light Kit Yes or No

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Transportation Technology Products

95%

of all Multilink products are manufactured in the USA.

What that means to you is faster delivery, better quality products,

and the satisfaction of knowing you are keeping American workers

employed.

100

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

336 Stretch Trac Control Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-183-11 336 Stretch Trac Cabinet 48.6”H x 24.4”W x 23.25”D Bare 205 Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack 19” Width

21RU Free Spaces (23RU Total Capacity)

10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,

Document Holder

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Heating and Cooling Forced convection w/ cooling fans

Grounding All components are grounded to the

main ground bar

Powering 120V AC ,60Hz 1-PHASE

Accessories/ Special

Features

CCTV Panel, 1RU Sliding Drawer Shelf, Power

Strip, 2 Light Fixtures

101

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

336 Stretch Trac Control Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-206-10 336 Stretch Trac Cabinet 48.7”H x 24.4”W x 23.2”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack 19” Width

21RU Free Spaces (23RU Total Capacity)

10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,

Document Holder

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Heating and Cooling Forced convection w/ cooling fans

Grounding All components are grounded to the

main ground bar

Powering 120V AC ,60Hz 1-PHASE

Accessories/ Special

Features

CCTV Panel, 1RU Sliding Drawer Shelf, Power

Strip, 2 Light Fixtures

102

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

332 Trac Control Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

030-222-10 332 Trac Cabinet 66.8”H x 24.25”W x 33”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack 19” Width

30RU Free Spaces

10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,

Document Holder

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Heating and Cooling Forced convection w/ thermostatically

controlled cooling fans

Grounding N/A

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Removable Rack Assembly

103

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Flasher Style Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-141-10 RN1H-161912 Trac Cabinet 19”H x 16”W x 12”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack N/A

Door Single Door, Corbin Lock w/Skeleton Key,

Piano Hinge

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of

enclosure

Heating and Cooling N/A

Grounding Ground lug

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Raised back plate

104

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Flasher Style Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-140-10 RN1H-18248 Trac Cabinet 24”H x 18”W x 8”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack N/A

Door Single Door, Corbin Lock w/Skeleton Key,

Piano Hinge

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of

enclosure

Heating and Cooling N/A

Grounding Ground lug

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Raised back plate

105

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Flasher Style Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-147-10 RN1H-18248 Trac Cabinet 24”H x 18”W x 8”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack N/A

Door Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of

enclosure

Heating and Cooling N/A

Grounding Ground lug

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Raised back plate

106

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Flasher Style Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-150-10 Type II Flasher Trac Cabinet 27”H x 15.25”W x 12”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack N/A

Door Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of

enclosure

Heating and Cooling N/A

Grounding Ground lug

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Raised back plate

107

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Flasher Style Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-199-10 RN1H-213318 Trac Cabinet 33”H x 21.25”W x 18”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack 19” Width

16RU Height

12-24 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockout for 3” conduit on bottom

Heating and Cooling Forced convection w/ thermostatically

controlled cooling fans

Grounding Ground lug

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Duplex Outlet

108

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Type 30IV Trac Cabinet

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Wt. Lbs. UOM

050-138-10 30IV Trac Cabinet 56”H x 30”W x 19”D Bare -Each

Construction

Main Body 1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware Stainless Steel

Finish Bare

Rack N/A

Door Single Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,

Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket

CONSTRUCTION

Cable Entrance Knockouts for 2” conduit on bottom of

enclosure

Heating and Cooling N/A

Grounding N/A

Powering N/A

Accessories/ Special

Features

Unistruts with spring nuts, and raised back

plate

109

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

EMI / RFI Statement

This device has been designed and manufactured to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part

15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when this

equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency

energy and, if not installed in accordance with this instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio

communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference that the user must correct at

its own expense.

Camera Control Interface

Stock ID: 018-039-20

AC Input Voltage 120 Vac, nominal; single-phase only

Nominal Input

Voltage Tolerance

105 to 125 Vac

AC Input Current 1 A @ 120 Vac

Input Frequency 60 Hz, ± 3 Hz

Input Power 100 VA; 115 Watts, max

Input Protection 1.5 Amp, 250 volt, slow blow, glass type fuse

Output Voltage 24 Vac camera power

Output Current 4 A

Output Power 96 VA

Output Protection 4 A, 250 V type AGC-2 fuse (1/4” x 1-1/4” glass tube fuse)

Eciency Better than 90% over line voltage range, at full load

LED Display Four LEDs on front panel indicate operational status

Amber: SYSTEM ON

Red: CAMERA ON

(2) Green: LOCAL ON (Joystick or RS232)

Operating

Temperature Range

-40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F) at 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-

condensing

Mounting

Dimensions

19-inch rack mountable EIA/TIA Spacing

18.25-inch mounting centers

Size 3.5” H x 17” W x 8.5” D

(89mm H x 432mm W x 261mm D)

Weight Approximately 13 Lbs. (6 Kg)

*Camera shown above is for illustration purposes only. Not included or available for purchase at Multilink.

E339076

110

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

Controls, Connections & Indicators

AC Input Module

-Power Switch

-Power Cord Plug End

-1.5 Amp Slow Blow Fuse

Ground Lug

Remote Terminal

Out To Camera

(Phoenix Connector)

Remote Camera

Control

(DB9 Plug)

Video In

(BNC Fitting)

Video Out

(BNC Fitting)

Camera Fuse

(4A)

Video Out

(BNC Fitting)

Local Camera Control

(DB9 Receptacle)

Local Joystick

Control

Camera Power

Switch

111

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Trac Products

FWM-1X-SP

Stock ID

Description

Panels

Dimensions

Fiber Capacity

Material

Coating

045-187-10 / FWM-1X-SP-BK, Black

045-187-11 / FWM-1X-SP-OW, O White

(1) Multilink Adapter Panels

(see individual panel capacities)

6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D

(12) Single Splice Holder

18 Gauge Steel

Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available

in Black & O White

Select Fiber Boxes For DOT

FWM024XLC

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

10-1914 (Black)

10-2714 (O White)

Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with

inner network compartment security door and 4

termination panel capacity

12” H x 12” W x 3.5” D

9 lbs.

18 GA Powder Coated Steel

(4) Panels

(4) 1120 -SSTA

FWM012XPHBK

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Box Weight

Material

Capacity

Splice Tray

045-178-10 (Black)

045-178-11 (O White)

Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for

inter connectivity and termination of optical ber

10” H x 8.22” W x 3.81” D

- lbs.

16 GA Gauge Steel

(2) Multilink Adapter Panels

(2) 1120 -SS TA

FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

Capacity

045-586-10 (Black)

Rack Mount 1RU in height made for a 19” or 23” rack

width. Features slide-o cover, 2 xed bulkhead

positions, and 2 captive grommets for cable entry.

1.72” H x 12.25” W x 7.68” D (excluding brackets)

5.1 lbs.

Powder Coated Steel

(2) Panels

(1) 612-SSTP Splice Tray

Main unit is oset 15/16” from front of brackets

Please refer to the Network Product Solutions catalog for additional options

112

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Steel , Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Multi-Dwelling Units

Industrial Control Panel

NEMA Rated

Junction Boxes

•

113

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Round (Conduit) Knockouts

• A 1-3/8” x 2-15/32”

• B 7/8” x 1-1/8” x 1-3/4”

• C 7/8” x 1-1/8” x 1-3/8” x 1-3/4”

• D 1-3/8” x 1-31/32” x 2-1/2”

PVC Riser Guard Knockouts

• 1.624” x 2.125”

• 2.156” x 2.625”

• 2.656” x 3.125”

Trapezoid Knockouts

• SR075

• SR100

• SR200

CONDUIT/KNOCKOUT MATCHING GUIDE

CONDUIT SIZE ACTUAL OD RECOMMENDED

KNOCKOUT SIZE

1/2” .840 7/8”

3/4” 1.060 1-1/8”

1” 1.315 1-3/8”

1-1/4” 1.660 1-11/16”

1-1/2” 1.900 1-31/32”

2” 2.375 2-15/32”

2-1/2” 2.875 2-15/16”

3” 3.5 3-19/32”

BOX STYLE PLATE BOX SIZE NUMBER

OF LOCKS TYPE

OF LOCK KNOCKOUTS BOX COLOR OPTION MATERIAL

HOW MANY LOCKS

INSTALLED IN BOX ? PG - PROTEC GRAY

BE - BEIGE

BR - BRICK RED

OW - OFF WHITE

XX - OTHER ( SPECIFY ON

OPTION PAGE )

S - STANDARD KNOCK-OUTS (SEE BOX STYLE)

C - CUSTOM KNOCK-OUTS

( IF CUSTOM SPECIFY ON OPTION PAGE )

WIDTH x HEIGHT x DEPTH

DIMENSIONS OF BOX

RNH - ROUGHNECK HINGED

RNB - ROUGHNECK BASIC

RNBB - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX

RNHL - ROUGHNECK HANGING-LID

M1 - ROUGHNECK ULTRA SERIES

RTP - ROUGHNECK TOM PED

RNBBH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX HINGE

RNBBL- ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX LIFT COVER

RNBBSH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX SUPER HINGE

RN2H - ROUGHNECK 2 DOOR HINGE

RN1H - ROUGHNECK 1 DOOR HINGE

RNHX - ROUGHNECK REMOVABLE DOOR HINGE

RNSC - ROUGHNECK SCREW COVER DOOR

RN1HN4 - ROUGHNECK NEMA 4 COMPLIANCE

RN1HN3R - ROUGHNECK NEMA 3R COMPLIANCE

SL - SUPRA

PL - PLUG

IL - INNERTITE

ML - MASTER / DX / MX

AL - ACE

DV - STAR PATTERN SCREW

HA - HASP

EB - STAR PATTERN SLAM LOCK

DESIGN

HH - 7/16” HEX HEAD (BELCORE 216)

CAM - 1/4 TURN CAM LOCK

CV - COMPRESSION VICE 1/4 TURN

LATCH

DL - OVER-CENTER DRAW LATCH

3PT - THREE POINT LATCH

XX - OTHER ( SPECIFY )

SEE OPTIONS PAGE FOR LOCK #

IF APPLICABLE

N - NO

Y - YES ( SPECIFY )

A - ALUMINUM

S - STEEL

SS - STAINLESS STEEL

I.D. #

PLT - BACK PLATE

(BLANK IF NONE)

CUSTOM KEY CODES AVAILABLE PER REQUEST

114

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

MOUNTING PREFERENCE

WALL MOUNT

POLE MOUNT

UNISTRUT MOUNT

GROUND MOUNT

Options Page

TOP

FRONT

BOTTOM

LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE BACK

BOX I.D. #

LOCK OPTIONS

TYPE OF LOCK

LOCK #

SHOULD WAREHOUSE SEND KEYS ?

YES NO

SHOULD THE LOCK BE INSTALLED ?

YES NO

* LIST ANY SPECIAL LOCK

INSTRUCTIONS BELOW:

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

BUBBLE WRAP

INDIVIDUAL BOX

BULK

NOTES

KNOCKOUTS

TYPE OF KNOCKOUT:

R0250

R0500

R0562

R0630

R1000

R2000

R3000

R4000

*PLEASE SEE ATTACHED PAGE FOR THE LOCATIONS

AND TYPE OF KNOCKOUTS FOR THIS BOX

2 STAGE: 1.375” x 2.46875”

2 STAGE: 1.375” x 2.25”

2 STAGE: .875” x 1.125” x 1.375” x 1.75”

3 STAGE: 1.375” x 1.96875” x 2.5”

“J” STYLE

PVC

TRAPAZOID

ROUND .250

ROUND .500

ROUND .562

ROUND .630

ROUND 1.000

ROUND 2.000

ROUND 3.000

ROUND 4.000

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PLEASE CIRCLE

OPTIONS: INSTALL:

D-MARK DROP STAND

STAR PLATE

SCREEN PLATE

RGSB -12

RGSB-18

RGSB-20

RGSB-24

D-MARK

OXBOARD

PLYWOOD

GROUND LUG

TAP BRACKET

RNRC-100

60078-DRY LID

SPECIAL PLATE

DOK 1

FANS

AC WIRING

DC WIRING

RACK RAILS

RACK UNITS

THREAD SIZE

OTHER

*Select models available UL listed. Contact customer service for more info.

115

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color MOQ

050-152-31 RN1H-24248-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 24W x 24L x 8D Beige EA

050-153-31 RN1H-24244-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 24W x 24L x 4D Beige EA

050-154-31 RN1H-20168-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 20W x 16L x 8D Beige EA

050-155-31 RN1H-20164-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 20W x 16L x 4D Beige EA

050-202-31 RN1H-18148-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 18W x 14L x 8D Beige EA

050-156-31 RN1H-12128-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT 12W x 12L x 8D Beige EA

050-152-30 RN1H-24248-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 24W x 24L x 8D Gray EA

050-153-30 RN1H-24244-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 24W x 24L x 4D Gray EA

050-154-30 RN1H-20168-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 20W x 16L x 8D Gray EA

050-155-30 RN1H-20164-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 20W x 16L x 4D Gray EA

050-202-30 RN1H-18148-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 18W x 14L x 8D Gray EA

050-156-30 RN1H-12128-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT 12W x 12L x 8D Gray EA

MDU MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

Stock ID Description Color MOQ

072-101-11 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 24" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE Beige EA

072-105-11 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 12", 18” & 20" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE Beige EA

072-101-10 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 24" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE Gray EA

072-105-10 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 12", 18” & 20" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE Gray EA

UL Listed Multi-Dwelling Enclosures

The Multilink MDU enclosures listed below have now been UL listed, and NEMA type 1 and 4 approved. The new

design features a 216 can wrench compression latch, reversible door, 3/4” plywood backboard, padlockable over

center draw latch, and 100% weatherproof gasketing. Standard colors are beige and gray. Mounting bracket

sold separately.

116

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color MOQ

050-206-31 RNSC-444-SND-TYPE4 4W x 4H x 4D Beige EA

050-207-31 RNSC-666-SND-TYPE4 6W x 6H x 6D Beige EA

050-208-31 RNSC- 6126 -SND-TYPE4 6W x 12H x 6D Beige EA

050-209-31 RNSC-12126 -SND-TYPE4 12W x 12H x 6D Beige EA

050-210-31 RNSC-6186-SND-T YPE4 6W x 18H x 6D Beige EA

050-211-31 RNSC-18188-SND-TYPE 4 18W x 18H x 8D Beige EA

050-206-30 RNSC-444-UG-TYPE4 4W x 4H x 4D Gray EA

050-207-30 RNSC-666-UG-TYPE4 6W x 6H x 6D Gray EA

050-208-30 RNSC-6126-UG-TYPE4 6W x 12H x 6D Gray EA

050-209-30 RNSC-12126-UG-TYPE4 12W x 12H x 6D Gray EA

050-210-30 RNSC-6186-UG-TYPE4 6W x 18H x 6D Gray EA

050-211-30 RNSC-18188-UG-TYPE 4 18W x 18H x 8D Gray EA

MDU MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

Stock ID Description Color MOQ

072-126-11 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 4" WIDE ENCLOSURE Beige EA

072-125-11 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 6" WIDE ENCLOSURE Beige EA

072-126-10 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 4” WIDE ENCLOSURE Gray EA

072-125-10 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 6” WIDE ENCLOSURE Gray EA

UL Listed Multi-Dwelling Enclosures (Lift-O Screw Cover)

The Multilink MDU enclosures listed below have now been UL listed, and NEMA type 1 and 4 approved. The new

design features a lift-o screw cover and 100% weatherproof gasketing. Standard colors are beige and gray.

Mounting bracket sold separately.

117

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Star mounting plate

for equipment installation

Drop and trap organization

Active subscriber drops

Tamper proof screws

available

STOPS ILLEGALS

In the unlikely case that the cover

is ever forced o, there still remains

a second line of defense. An illegal

hook-up is prevented because all

unconnected drops are still hidden

and protected in the lower inner box!

Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal

High Security Protection

Tom Ped is the answer to these

types of MDU problems.

• INCREASED SECURITY

• DECREASED COST

• CLEANER INSTALLATION

Application

The only hybrid high security box-in-box and

pedestal enclosure. Designed for broadband

multimedia systems.

This concept oers two levels of high security

against illegal hook-ups, and keeps your cable

well managed. Can be rmly bolted to the wall

or staked to the ground.

Features & Benets

• Box-in-box design.

• Can be keyed to match any manufacturer’s

locking system

• Built to last with high-grade construction

materials

• 100% fusion welded construction for greater

durability and quality control of welds

• Textured steel holds paint better.

• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating

• Scratch and salt spray tested

• ASTM rating

Standard Knockouts

• No Knockouts

• Removeable Bottom Plate for front access and

open bottom

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 16” x 42” x 8”

• 15” x 40” x 8”

• 12” x 36” x 8”

• 8” x 32” x 8”

Available in Steel

or Aluminum

118

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RTP Hinged Door Style

Includes 3 heavy duty slip hinges for maintenance

ease. Above box features a tamper-proof screw

slam lock.

RTP Box-in-Box Style With Cut Away Sides

Shown with adjustable star and D-Mark plate.

Features tamper-proof screw slam lock.

Customized Lock

RTP Box-in-Box Style Pedestal With Full Sides

Box includes D-Mark plate with two mounting options. Also

available with star plate and various locking options. Please

call Customer Service for more information.

Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal

High Security Protection

Stock ID Description Dimensions UOM

12824 BS-24 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal 24” Each

12832 BS-32 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal 32” Each

12845 BS-42 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal 42” Each

12833 RN-TPTB Tom Ped Tap Bracket - Each

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

119

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Flush Mount Pre-Wire Box

For New and Post Construction Applications

Applications

Make pre-wiring jobs easier with the RNSB-69

Pre-Wire box from Multilink. It’s designed for

use in common junction locations for pre-wiring

in new and post construction applications. It

mounts easily to the stud and is adjustable to

any size drywall.

Features & Benets

• Comes complete with mounting hardware

• Can be used in both new and post-construction

applications

• Mounts easily to studs and is adjustable to

accommodate all sizes of drywall

• Two knockouts on both top and bottom

• Cover is coated with durable white powder coating

• Custom logos and imprints are available

Stock ID Description Knockouts Dimensions UOM

10799K RNSB-69 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box 2 Top / 2 Bottom / .875” 9.5” H x 6.5” W x 2.5” D Each

11568K RNSB-1214 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box w/Plywood (MOQ 25pcs.) 3 Top / 3 Bottom / .875” 12” H x 14” W x 3” D Each

065-005-10 RNSB-12143 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box (MOQ 25pcs.) 3 Top / 3 Bottom / .875” 12” H x 14” W x 3” D Each

All stock codes listed are for standard options only

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

120

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

M1™ Ultra Series

Step up to a new level in high security steel enclo-

sures with the M1™ ultra high security MDU steel

enclosure.

Applications

The heavy duty box-in-box design combined with

the unique hardened steel security bar closure as-

sembly makes the M1™ as tough as a tank!

Features & Benets

The M1™ Ultra Series is constructed with the cover

robotically seam welded, a feature not oered by

any other steel enclosure manufacturer in the Cable

TV industry! The key to the higher level of security

oered by the M1™ Ultra Series box is in the 7/8” di-

ameter steel Ultra Bar which runs through the steel

inner bottom and cover of the box and features a

½” shackle hole ready to accept practically any high

security padlock. With so many features packed

into a single steel enclosure it is easy to see why

the new M1™ Ultra Series box is the ultimate in high

security steel enclosures!

Standard Knockouts

• 1 Back / (D Size)

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”

• 12” x 18” x 8”

• 15” x 18” x 8”

• 18” x 24” x 8”

Stock ID Description Box Width Lock ID UOM

10-5476 M1-12 Hardened Steel Security Bar 12” 770AA275 Each

10-5477 M1-15 Hardened Steel Security Bar 15” 770AA275 Each

10-5480 M1-18 Hardened Steel Security Bar 18” 770AA275 Each

10-7232 M1-8 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar 8” 6211AN8 0 Each

10-5488 M1-12 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar 12” 6211AN 80 Each

10-5491 M1-15 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar 15” 6211AN 80 Each

10-5494 M1-18 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar 18” 6211AN80 Each

10-5960 M1-24 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar 24” 6211AN8 0 Each

12709 Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 1 Hook - - Each

12712 Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 2 Hooks - - Each

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

Lock ID: 6211AN80

Lock ID: 770AA275

121

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RN2H/RN1H

Features & Benets

• Now available in depths of 10” and 15”

• Available in aluminum

• Hinged 2-door cover

• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating

Options

• 2 separated compartments

• Standard accessories

• Various locking hardware

• Standard knockouts, size and location

• Voice port mounting plates

Standard Knockouts

• 4 Bottom / 1 Side / 1.375” x 2.468” Knockouts

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 18” x 24” x 8”

• 24” x 24” x 8”

• 36” x 36” x 8”

RN2H Shown with optional Oxboard & Single

Compartment

RN2H Shown with One Compartment

122

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Recommened

Sizes

(W x H x D)

Standard Knockouts

Knockouts Sizes

RNH-10126 2 Bottom 1 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-12128 2 Bottom 1 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-12188 3 Bottom 2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-15188 3 Bottom 2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-20248 3 Bottom 2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-24368 3 Bottom 2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-36368 3 Bottom 2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH Box with Drop Stand/Organizer Option

Uses same replaceable hasp

system as RNB series boxes

RNH Hinged Series Enclosures

Features & Benets

• Hinged cover

• Baked-on polyester powder coating for high

corrosion resistance

• Knockout for optional Cam Lock

• Multiple entry knockouts

• Indented mounting holes for easy installation

• 3/4” D-Knockout

• Drain holes to keep moisture out

• Available with Star Slam Lock

• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

123

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNBB - Box-In-Box

High Security Series Enclosure

Features & Benets

• High security bearing sleeve at locking point

• Highly durable polyester powder coat nish for

high corrosion resistance

• Full back with multiple entry knockout

• Key style mounting holes for easy installation

• Drain holes to keep moisture out

• Available with Star Slam Lock

• MX and DX locking keyways available

• Available in steel or aluminum

• If aluminum is desired, add an “A” to the end of the part number

• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Removable Back Panel

Rear

Multistage

Knockouts

Lock Latch

Plate That

Automatically

Engages When

Box Is Closed

Super Hinge

Mouse Hole

Knockouts For

Multistage Cable

And Back Plate Options

Patented All-Star

Security Locking

Patented All-Star

Security Latch

Compatible

124

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNBB Box-in-Box

High Security Series Enclosures

Standard Knockouts

• 2 Bottom / 2 Back / 2 Top / “A” Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”

• 12” x 18” x 8”

• 15” x 18” x 8”

• 18” x 24” x 8” (Not Available For RNBBH)

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

Shown Closed

(RNBB)

All-Star Latch and Star Pattern

Latch Compatible

Shown with Standard Hinge Option

(RNBBH)

Shown with Super Heavy Duty

Hinge Option

(RNBBSH)

Shown with Lift Cover

(RNBBL)

125

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNB Series Enclosures

Features & Benets

• Gray baked-on polyester powder

coating for high corrosion resistance

• Knockout for optional Cam Lock

• Multiple entry knockouts

• Indented mounting holes for easy

installation

• 3/4” D-Knockout

• Drain holes to keep moisture out

• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 8” x 12” x 6”

• 12” x 12” x 8”

• 12” x 18” x 8”

• 15” x 18” x 8”

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

Recommened

Sizes

(W x H x D)

Standard Knockouts

Knockouts Sizes

RNB-8126 2 Bottom 2 Size C

RNB-12128 2 Bottom 1 Size B / 1 Size C

RNB-12188 3 Bottom 1 Size B / 2 Size C

2 Each Side / 2 Size C

RNB-15188 3 Bottom 1 Size B / 2 Size C

2 Each Side / 2 Size C

RNB-24188 4 Bottom 2 Size B / 2 Size C

2 Each Side / 2 Size C

Zinc chromate, replaceable hasp,

standard with every RNB series box.

126

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Features & Benets

• Can be set up with a variety of cylinder locks, the Innertite Lock, or a tamper

proof screw

• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating for high corrosion resistance

• Multiple entry knockouts

• Drain holes available to keep moisture out

• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Standard Knockouts

• 2-4 Bottom / 1 Side / B & C Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 8” x 10” x 6”

• 10” x 10” x 6”

• 12” x 12” x 8”

• 12” x 18” x 8”

• 15” x 18” x 8”

• 18” x 24” x 8”

• 24” x 24” x 8”

Multilink is the only manufacturer of steel enclosures that oers built-in drain holes as a standard throughout the entire product line.

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories.

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications.

RNHL Hanging Lid Series Enclosure

127

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Features & Benets

• Can be set up with a variety of Cylinder Locks, the Innertite

Lock, or a tamper proof screw

• Gray baked on polyester powder coating for high

corrosion resistance

• Multiple entry knockouts

• Drain holes keep moisture out

• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Standard Knockouts

• 2-4 Bottom / 1 Side / B & C Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 10”

• 12” x 18” x 10”

• 15” x 18” x 10”

• 18” x 18” x 10”

• 18” x 24” x 10”

Special heavy duty grommets, shown above, are now

available on all MDU steel units.

Part# Description UOM

10-6499 Short, Single Hole MDU Grommet Each

10-5864 Long, Two Hole MDU Grommet Each

642-039-10 Long, Snap Fit PVC MDU Grommet Each

Please call Customer Service for more information

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, congurations, and lock specications

RNHX Side Swing Hinge Series Enclosure

128

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

PLT Option

Features & Benets

• Back plate can remain mounted to wall

during maintenance to allow your customer

uninterrupted service

• Gray baked-on powder coating for high

corrosion resistance

• Drain holes to keep moisture out

• Designed with PVC style knockouts to

accommodate a quick and easy separation

from back plate

• Available in steel or aluminum

Standard Knockouts

• 2 Bottom / 2 Back / 2 Top / “A” Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”

• 12” x 18” x 8”

• 15” x 18” x 8”

• 18” x 24” x 8”

RNBBSH Shown

PLT Available w/ These Box Styles

• RNH - ROUGHNECK HINGED

• RNB - ROUGHNECK BASIC

• RNBB - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX

• RNHL - ROUGHNECK HANGING-LID

• M1 - ROUGHNECK ULTRA SERIES

• RTP - ROUGHNECK TOM PED

• RNBBH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX HINGE

• RNBBSH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX SUPER HINGE

• RN2H - ROUGHNECK 2 DOOR HINGE

• RN1H - ROUGHNECK 1 DOOR HINGE

• RNHX - ROUGHNECK REMOVABLE DOOR HINGE

• RNSC - ROUGHNECK SCREW COVER

129

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

The Multilink Tamper Proof Drivers & Screws

Tamper Proof Screw Drivers made from hardened steel, plated in Zinc Chromate

Each style can be customized with any pattern drive!

Star/Slam Lock screw available in custom pattern

Call Customer Service for more information

Bend Style With

O Center Drive “T” Style With

Star Pattern Drive

Classic Driver Style With

Eccentric Drive

O Center Pin Eccentric ScrewCustom Star Pattern

(Your Custom Pattern Awaits!)

130

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNI High Security Locking Systems

For Roughneck Steel Enclosures

The MX High Security Customized

Locking System-DX Compatible

• The most secure lock ever developed specically

for the Cable TV industry

• Fully compatible with pre-existing DX keyways.

• The unique, patented dual pin design makes the

MX the most reliable lock in the industry

Inner-Tite® Agbay Barrel Lock & KeyIL- Inner-Tite® Barrel Lock and Key

Van Lock Cam Lock & Key Block Lock & Key

Lock part numbers vary depending on type, key way, etc.

Please call Customer Service for more information

131

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options and Accessories

Van Lock Plug Lock Master Pad Lock Let’s Talk Security

Customized Lock

Ace/Chicago and American Locks with customized key codes can be ordered through Multilink

Multilink is a full line distributor of American Locks

The Multilink data bank tracks all keys and drivers sold by six-digit number system

For more details, please call Customer Service. Lock part numbers vary depending on type, key way, etc.

SL- Supra Lock

Plastic Supra Lock Dry Lid

Self-locking CPLM1 is available

in Cable Plug Lock-Master Series

and CPLV Cable Plug Lock-

Vanamatic (8 in 1).

Multilink is a full line distributor of

the most trusted locks in the world,

the Master Padlock with (2) keys.

Optional logo/six-digit code. Now

you can track and know where

your keys and drivers are!

Features & Benets

• Reduce passing/transferring of keys

• Keep track of your security

• Track theft of service

• When issuing keys and drivers you can track by six-digit security with

employees and subcontractors

• Available on keys and tamper-proof drivers

132

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Figure Stock ID Description Dimensions UOM

AVaries Screen Plate Sized to Fit Each

BVaries Oxboard Backing Sized to Fit Each

C12715 Brown Touch-up Paint 12oz. Each

D12716 Beige Touch-up Paint 12oz. Each

E12717 Brick Red Touch-up Paint 12oz. Each

F12718 White Touch-up Paint 12oz. Each

G12719 Grey Touch-up Paint 12oz. Each

HVaries Star Plate Sized to Fit Each

IVaries D-Mark Plate For Roughneck Steel Enclosures - Each

J12704K Ground Lug - Each

N/A Varies Copper Bus Bar - Each

Options and Accessories

Stock ID Description Size Color UOM

649-009-10 Cable Organizer 12.7mm Ivory Each

649-010-10 Cable Organizer 8.5mm Ivory Each

A - Screen Plate B - Oxboard C-G - Touch-Up Paint

H - Star Plate I - Mark Plate J - Ground Lug

133

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options and Accessories for Roughneck Steel Enclosures

Keep from losing the detachable lids

from your Roughneck Steel Enclo-

sure with this high strength retain-

ing cable with eyelets

New Tap Mounting Bracket Mount

taps quickly and easily inside your

roughneck box

Optional louvers available on your

MDU, please call Customer Service

for more information

Part# Description UOM

12709 Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 1 Hook Each

12712 Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 2 Hooks Each

12708K RNBT-7 Tap Bracket Each

Why does Multilink use Galvanealed Steel vs. Aluminized Steel in the construction of our Steel MDU Enlcosures?

Gavanealed Steel - Starzinc-Alloy Aluminized Steel - Al-Might

Features

• Uniform zinc coated

steel sheets feature paint

adhesion quality not

found in other coated

steel sheets

• Surface roughness

encourages paint

adhesion and provides

base for nishing

Uses

• Automobile

Underbody parts,

reinforcing parts

• Outdoor

Roong, siding, shutters,

doors, and trac signs

• Indoor

Air conditioner housings,

commercial refrigerators,

washing machines, steel

furniture, oce machines,

furnaces, and ovens

Features

• Aluminum coated steel

sheets oer high-grade

resistance to corrosion

and heat

• Excellent heat reective

and good formability

• Beautiful nish even

under high temperature

Uses

• Automobile

Exhaust pipes, muers,

catalytic converters, auto

heat shields

• Indoor

Chimneys, replaces,

stoves, heat exchangers,

water heaters, furnaces,

barbecue grills, ovens,

and toasters

Aluminized Steel

Al-Might

Galvanealed Steel

Starzinc-Alloy

134

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Multilink’s Family Of Plastic Demarcation Enclosures

135

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Non-Captive Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

CC-1/JR, CC-1/DWB, and CC-1/110-T

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs./Case UOM

30125K CC-1/JR-T Set Up for Locking Terminator Use 7.375” H x 4.75” W x 1.625” D 26 lbs. 50/Case

30105K CC-1/DWB-T 9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D 25 lbs. 30/Case

30306K CC-1/DWB-TX “X” Back 9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D 25 lbs. 30/Case

30307K CC-1/DWB-TS Tamper Proof Screw 9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D 25 lbs. 30/Case

30155K CC-1/110-T Set Up for Locking Terminator Use 11” H x 7.0” W x 4.25” D 38 lbs. 30/Case

31440 C-1PC Terminator Cap for CC-1 Enclosures-Gray - - Each

Features & Benets

• Dual locking system

• Guard Tower locking terminator

• Replaceable hasp

• Custom Logos/Imprints

• Injection Molded available

• Have it your way, we customize to your application!

Patent #331-740

136

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs./Case UOM

30211K-T SDU-9134 Set up with replaceable hasp and locking terminator

security post

13.85” H x 9.31” W x 4” D 19 lbs. 10/Case

30222K SDU-9134 Set up with replaceable hasp and locking terminator

security post - Features Deep Lid

13.85” H x 9.31” W x 5” D 16 lbs. 8/Case

SDU-9134 features tamper proof screws 10/Case

The SDU is more than a plastic enclosure.

The innovative, NON CAPTIVE design

speeds the upgrade installation time

of installing a new demarcation

enclosure without disconnecting the

customer’s service!

Features & Benets

• Guard Tower locking terminator

• Replaceable Hasp

• Custom Logos/Imprints

• Injection molded available

• Standard color is gray

SDU9134 (Single Dwelling Unit)

Non-Captive Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

137

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1000

The RNI-1000 series enclosure is constructed with UV stabilized

plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has dual locking

systems and accepts custom logos/imprints. Cable entry points

can be found on the bottom of this enclosure. Countersunk

mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven surfaces.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1000

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

020-027-20

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1000

9.9” H x 10.52” W x 3.27” D

7.5” H x 8.0” W x 1.75” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

34 lbs. per case

20 per case

138

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1200

The RNI-1200 series enclosure is constructed with UV stabilized

plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has dual locking

systems and accepts custom logos/imprints. Cable entry points

can be found on the bottom of this enclosure. Countersunk

mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven surfaces. Back

wall incorporated FlexGrid™ arrangement, which incorporates

mounting slots for greater exibility in mounting more

products. Slots accept #6 & #8 screws.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1200

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

020-070-20

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1200

9.90” H x 10.52” W x 5.29” D

7.5” H x 8.0” W x 4” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

13 lbs. per case

10 per case

10.52”

5.29”

9.90”

New FlexGrid™ back design

for universal mounting

Patent in process

139

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1500

The RNI-1500 series enclosure is constructed with UV

stabilized plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has

dual locking systems and accepts custom logos/imprints.

Cable entry points can be found on the bottom of this

enclosure. Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting

on uneven surfaces.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1500

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

020-028-20

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1500

11.88” H x 12.27” W x 4.86” D

9.5” H x 9.5” W x 3.25” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

20 lbs. per case

10 per case

11.88”

12.27”

4.86”

140

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

11.92”

12.27”

4.91”

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2000

The Multilink RNI-2000 plastic demarcation enclosure

provides the ultimate mounting exibility of our FlexGrid™

mounting system. FlexGrid™ equipped boxes are guaranteed

to t any manufacturers splitter footprint. Mounting area of

approximately 9” wide and 6” high provides unsurpassed

mounting capability. The specialized grommet strip provides

added weatherproong along with an industry standard

locking terminal for security of contents.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-2000

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

020-115-20

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2000

11.92” H x 12.27” W x 4.91” D

9.5” H x 9.5” W x 3.25” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

20 lbs. per case

10 per case

New FlexGrid™ back design

for universal mounting

Patent in process

141

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2500

The Multilink RNI-2500 plastic demarcation enclosure

provides the ultimate mounting exibility of our FlexGrid™

mounting system. FlexGrid™ equipped boxes are guaranteed

to t any manufacturers splitter footprint. Four raised

mounting blocks allow for a second level mounting plate to

be installed above the base level of the enclosure. Specialized

grommets and a main cable tie-down location provide added

security along with industry standard locking terminal.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-2500

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Capacity

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

020-104-20

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2500

12.95” H x 12.37” W x 4.90” D

9.75” H x 9.75” W x 3.75” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

20 lbs. per case

10 per case

12.37

4.90

12.95

12.95”

4.90”

12.37”

New FlexGrid™ back design

for universal mounting

Non-Captive

Grommets Patent in process

142

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Multimedia Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Features & Benets

• Dual locking system

• Removable cover

• Plywood Optional

• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint

• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on

uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Standard color is Gray

• Custom Logos/Imprints

• Injection molded available

11.15”

5.17”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3600

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

30617K

Single Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator

11.5” H x 11.5” W x 5.17” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

18lbs. per case

10 per case

143

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3900 Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Features & Benets

• Dual locking system

• Removable cover

• Plywood Optional

• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint

• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on

uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Standard color is Gray

• Custom Logos/Imprints

• Injection molded available

9.55”

12.15”

9.55”

4.40”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3900

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

10-9899

Plastic demarcation enclosure with locking terminator

12.15” H x 9.55” W x 4.40” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

18lbs per case

10 per case

144

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3800 Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Features & Benets

• Dual locking system

• Removable cover

• Plywood Optional

• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint

• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on

uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Standard color is Gray

• Custom Logos/Imprints. Injection molded available

Louvers are designed into cover to

look like vents on the side of homes

Custom logo available

and molded into plastic

Locking Terminator

Locking hole for

cable lock or wires

11.92”

9.51”

6.09”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3800

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

10-8609

Single Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator

11.92” H x 9.51” W x 6.09” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

18lbs. per case

10 per case

145

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3615 Double Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Features & Benets

• Dual door access and locking

• Removable cover

• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting

on uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Custom injected molded logo available

• Weatherized UV stabilized plastic for the

ultimate protection against the elements

• Enclosure can be painted with Latex paint

• Unique ribbed backing built into the enclosure for

easy mounting of equipment anywhere on the pattern

• Removable plastic divider for increased versatility

• Plywood optional.

• Special resistance material available upon request,

includes 15 year pro-rated warranty

• Standard color is gray

Punch Down Block Shown

Not Available

8.00”

13.84”

4.43”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3615

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Cable Entry

UOM

30632K

Dual Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator

13.84” H x 8” W x 4.43” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

10 per case

Minimum order 200pcs.

146

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Multimedia Double Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Exterior Features

• Weatherized UV stabilized plastic for the ultimate protection

against the elements

• Dual locking system

• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint

• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven

surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Can be wall mounted or on a pedestal stake

• Standard color is Gray

• Custom Logos/Imprints. Injection molded available

Interior Features

• Both plastic dividers can be removed for increased versatility

• The removable plastic insert plate has 2 knockouts for F-81

hex holes and an open end hex hole in the center

of plate for an F-81

10.75”

16.84”

4.19”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3620

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Material

Cable Entry

Weight

UOM

30652K

Dual Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator

16.84” H x 10.75” W x 4.19” D

UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)

Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

35 lbs. per case

10 per case

Minimum order 200pcs.

147

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Features

• NEMA/EEMAC Type 4, 4X, 12 specications

• UL 508 listed, Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

• CSA certied LR 89590 for use with industrial

equipment CSA Enc. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

• Strong, molded berglass reinforced polyester

construction with matching at cover

• Gasket made of closed cell neoprene cord encased in

a continuous channel

• 304 stainless steel wall mounting feet with 10-32

stainless steel screws included

• 10-32 thread inserts are installed for optional back panel

• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled or sawed

• UV stabilized for outdoor use

Options

• Optional painted carbon steel back panels

• Optional aluminum back panels

• Custom size polycarbonate viewing windows

• Hinge installed on short side

• Molded-in color matches

• EMI/RFI shielding

• Factory supplied silk screening

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

10-9001 AM 664 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 6.1” A x 6.1” B x 4.18” C Each

10-9002 AM 864 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 8” A x 6.12” B x 4.13” C Each

10-9003 AM 1084 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9004 AM 1086 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9005 AM 1206 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 12.13” A x 10.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9006 AM 1426 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 14.13” A x 12.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9007 AM 1648 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 16.27” A x 14.4” B x 8.13” C Each

10-9008 AM 1868 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 18.4” A x 16.4” B x 8.13” C Each

10-9009 AM 2068 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift O Screw Cover 20” A x 16” B x 8.13” C Each

10-9010 AM 664L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 6.1” A x 6.1” B x 4.18” C Each

10 - 9011 AM 864L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 8” A x 6.12” B x 4.13” C Each

10 -9012 AM 1084L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 10.13” A x 8.26” B x 4.13” C Each

10 -9013 AM 1086L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9014 AM 1206L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 12.13” A x 10.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10 -9015 AM 1426L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 14.13” A x 12.26” B x 6.13” C Each

10-9016 AM 1648L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 16.27” A x 14.4” B x 8.13” C Each

10 -9017 AM 1868L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 18.4” A x 16.4” B x 8.13” C Each

10-9018 AM 2068L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover 20” A x 16” B x 8.13” C Each

AM Series JIC Size Junction Box

148

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Features

• Wall or pole mountable

• Integrated security features

• Hinged cover for ease in access

• Corrosion and weatherproof for outdoor applications

• Impact resistant and UV resistant for maximum eld survivability

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

10-6897 ML-200 Telephony Demarcation Enclosure 3.24” W x 5.0” H x 2.5” D Each

Standard color is Gray

Benets

The Multilink ML-200 series telephony demarcation enclosure is a weatherproof outdoor product designed to allow for

the interconnection or repair of traditional telephony grade copper conductors.

The enclosure can be used for interconnecting copper telephony conductors in VOIP applications without the need to

re-run entire telephony inside wiring.

The enclosure can be mounted on most outdoor plant surfaces including poles and walls near existing telephony

demarcation enclosures.

Within the enclosure are 4 brass posts with associated washers and nuts for terminating in-bound and out-bound copper

pairs, which, if used, would allow for a means to separate the network from a station in test access situations.

The enclosure can also be used as a convenient location to repair copper conductors using standard discrete copper

connectors.

The unit is designed with 2 entry ports at the unit’s base for in-bound and out-bound cabling and ground wire insertion.

The cover and base are hinged and can be secured via the molded in cover and base loop located on the right hand side.

ML-200 Telephony Demarcation Enclosure

Ideal for terminating phone drops in cable VOIP installations

149

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Plastic Demarcation

Riser Tubing

Protect drop cable from weed eaters and

environmental damage with solid wall riser tubing

Mounting Strap

For Riser Tubing

Stock ID Description Dimensions UOM

31701 Slit Back Snap-On Style Riser Tubing .5” ID x .875” OD x 6’L 50/Case

31705 578-RT Solid Body Riser Tubing .5” ID x .875” OD x 6’L 50/Case

31702 Mounting Strap for Riser Tubing 0.875” Each

Plastic Demarcation Accessories

150

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

Splice Kits

Gelseal™ Splice Kit Re-Enterable

Test Test Conditions

Environmental Cycling -40°C to 60°C; 3 cycles/day; 100 cycles

Heat Aging 60°C; 30 days

Water Immersion Room temperature for 30 days; 2 foot water head

Freeze-Thaw Cycling -40°C to 60°C; 2 cycles per day; 1000 cycles

Salt Fog Per ASTM B-368; 30 days

Soil Chemical Resistance 30 day immersion in:

• 0.1N Na2SO4

• 0.1N H2SO4

• 0.1N NaCL

• 0.1 NaOH

Fungus Resistance Per ASTM G-21

• One size ts all RG6/59 or RG7/11

drop cable and 2-6 twisted pair

phones lines

• Reduces your inventory

• Stock one size for direct burial

underground splices

Mechanical Specications

Splices protected when direct

buried and exposed to temperature

ranges of -40°F to 140°F.

Gelseal™ Re-Enterable

151

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

Gelseal™ Splice Kit Re-Enterable

3610-GS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

34120K-OR

34120K-BLK

For RG6/59 Drop Cable Twisted Pair Orange Kit

4” L x 1” W x 1.5” H

.10 lbs.

Plastic with Silicone

Each

3611-GS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

34122K-OR

For RG7/11 Drop Cable Twisted Pair Orange Kit

7.75” L x 1.5” W x 1.75” H

Plastic with Silicone

Each

3612-GS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

34123K-OR

Splice Repair Kit For 0.412 - 0.750 Feeder Cable

Black Kit

12” L x 2.25” W x 3.5” D

Plastic with Silicone

Each

3614-GS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

34145K

Multi Gelseal™ Splice Orange Kit

6” L x 2” W x 1” D

Plastic with Silicone

Each

3616-GS

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

10-8342

For RG59, RG6, RG7, RG11 and 312 Drop Cable

Twisted Pair Black Kit

6” L x 2” W x 1” D

.21 lbs.

Plastic with Silicone

Each

152

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

UDSP Splice Sealant

Splice Sealant

F-Seal™

• Multilink’s F-Seal was developed to maintain an internal seal against

signal leakage from F-Connectors

• And no matter what brand of connector you are using, you must

be able to seal the internal threads against the incursion of moisture,

pollution, and other unpredictable weather conditions

• With a single drop of F-Seal on the thread port you will be able

to maintain a more secure and a longer lasting seal than with

silicone grease (Please note that the signal contact is made with the

F-Connector post and not the threads)

• F-Seal is especially compounded to remain permanently elastic, even under extreme weather conditions

• F-Seal works eectively in temperatures ranging from -40°F to 400°F. Along with Multilink’s Torque Wrench and a

simple Weather Boot, you can ensure that you have the best seal possible at the absolute lowest cost

• F-Seal already has a proven track record that literally goes above and beyond the Cable TV industry standard

• F-Seal is derived from a compound that was used on the Space Shuttle to seal ttings, which proves that it can

certainly meet any earthbound standard!

Features & Benets

• Teon lled thread sealing

• High temperature resistance

• Non-galling, non-seizing, and non-toxic

• Extreme resistance to rust and corrosion

• Non-corrosive to metals

• Non-staining

• Note: All above come with twist cap and squeezable bottle

Stock ID Description Size UOM

38260K F-Seal Teon Splice Sealant 4 Fl. Oz. Each

38270K F-Seal Teon Splice Sealant 8 Fl. Oz. Each

Stock ID Description Size UOM

34402K 4421-GS Underground Drop Sealant 4.25” L x 2.375” W Each

34401K 4425-UDSP Underground Drop Sealant 4.25” L x 2.375” W 50/Bag

153

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

Features & Benets

• Lower inventory types, only two part numbers to stock

• Complete assembly - includes fastening screw (for surface mount)

• Fits all standard coaxial and twisted pair drop cables

• Ready for cable installation with an included outdoor tie wrap

• Vertical or horizontal mount for siding applications

Special Features

• Run additional cable/phone lines without installing additional clips

US Patent 6,378,814B1

Stock ID Description UOM

33625K CSM-6 Surface Mounting Clip Black 100/Case

Stock ID Description UOM

33626K CHV-6W Siding Clip White 100/Case

33627K CHV-6B Siding Clip Black 100/Case

Siding Clip Horizontal Application

Surface Mounting Clip Add Twisted Pair

Vertical Application

• The Smart Clip replaces all the surface mounting clips and siding clips you are now using for cable

installation on the side of homes

• Cut inventory from 20 line items to 2 line items

• There are only two Smart Clips, a surface mount clip and a siding clip

• They use detachable or multi-detachable tie wraps, eliminating the need for

multiple sizes of clips

• Smart Clips can be used horizontally or vertically

Smart Clips Surface Mount/Siding Clips / The All-In-One Cable Clip !

154

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

Plastic Cable Clips Screw-In Clips for 6/59 or 7/11 Cable

Figure Part# Description Dimensions UOM

A10-9980 625-RG11 Plastic Strap & Screw For RG11 For 0.393” - 0.405” Diameter Cable 100/Bag

-33535K 620-RG6QS Plastic Strap & Screw For RG6 For 0.272” - 0.300” Diameter Cable 100/Bag

B33539K 625-RG6DS Plastic Strap With Drill & Tap Screw For 0.272” - 0.300” Diameter Cable 100/Bag

Features & Benets

• Clips secure to either 6/59 or 7/11 series cables without

limiting transmission signal bandwidth

• UV stabilized Xenoy® clip body has a temperature range

of -50°F to 300°F. No cracking, splitting, or chipping

• Smooth, rounded edges of clip bodies will not cut or

abrade cable shielding, eliminating a cause of signal leakage

• Screws are specially hardened, plated, and treated to

withstand 1,000 hours of corrosive salt spray testing per

ASTM B 117

DROP INSTALLATION MATERIALS

Plastic Horizontal and Vertical Siding Clips

Cable installers love this innovative design. Allows

rapid, snap-on installation without special tools

(only a screwdriver). No nails, no staples, no mess.

These residential siding clips are trouble-free! The

premium grade nylon lasts longer. Resists weather.

Replacement call backs or complaints are virtually

eliminated. The customers appreciate the safe

and neat installation. No possible tool damage or

punctures to siding. No rust or stain from nails or

staples. No deterioration.

Figure Part# Description UOM

A 10-6050 Horizontal Sliding Clip Black 100/Bag

B 10-6051 Vertical Sliding Clip Black 100/Bag

A B

155

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Drop Splice Hardware

Squirrel Guard

• Protect hard and drop cable from hungry squirrels and other pesky rodents with Multilink Squirrel Guard

• Squirrel Guard is now available in two styles

• Both the Green Flex and the Squirrel Guard Slinky are easy to install and will provide superior protection from rodent

damage to your cable

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

24503 7003-SGJ (Slinky) For RG6 & RG59 - 100/Roll

24513 73435-SGT Green Flex 1.5” x 6’ 75/Carton

24512 73435-SGT Green Flex 1.5” x 100’ 100/Carton

Drop Installation Materials

156

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Multilink’s Family Of Raceway

157

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System

MULTIPLE

APPLICATIONS

• Fiber

• CATV

• HVAC

• Teleco

• Coaxial

• Satellite

• Twisted Pair

• Solar

Patent No. US 7,964,804 B2

™

158

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System

The patented

Downspout Raceway

System from Multilink

provides a simple

solution to cover up any

wiring or piping that

runs along your exterior

walls. This system gives

you the added benets

of maintaining the

accepted architecture

look that will be readily

accepted by the end

user as well as a quick

and easy installation in

the eld.

159

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Actual size

Downspout Exterior Raceway System

3.160

2.798

Patent No. US 7,964,804 B2

DOWNSPOUT

COVER

DOWNSPOUT

BASE

BRIDGE LANCES

EVERY 12”

MOLDING

Item Part # Description UOM

A039-138-10 Downspout Molding White Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base) 96’/Ctn

A039-138-11 Downspout Molding Brown Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base) 96’/Ctn

A039-138-12 Downspout Molding Beige Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base) 96’/Ctn

160

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System

WALL STRAP

Item Part # Description UOM

B039-143-10 DWS-W Downspout Wall Strap White 10/Pack

B039-143-11 DWS-B Downspout Wall Strap Brown 10/Pack

B039-143-12 DWS-BE Downspout Wall Strap Beige 10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Item Part # Description UOM

C039-141-10 DSSC-W Downspout Seam Cover White 10/Pack

C039-141-11 DSSC-B Downspout Seam Cover Brown 10/Pack

C039-141-12 DSSC-BE Downspout Seam Cover Beige 10/Pack

45° FITTING (2 Piece System)

Item Part # Description UOM

D039-147-10 DSF-45-W Downspout 45 Degree Fitting White (2 Piece System) Each

D039-147-11 DSF-45-B Downspout 45 Degree Fitting Brown (2 Piece System) Each

D039-147-12 DSF-45-BE Downspout 45 Degree Fitting Beige (2 Piece System) Each

90° FITTING (2 Piece System)

Item Part # Description UOM

E039-146-10 DSF-90-W Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting White (2 Piece System) Each

E039-146-11 DSF-90-B Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting Brown (2 Piece System) Each

E039-146-12 DSF-90-BE Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting Beige (2 Piece System) Each

END CAP

Item Part # Description UOM

F039-139-10 DSEC-W Downspout End Cap Fitting White (1 Piece) 10/Pack

F039-139-11 DSEC-B Downspout End Cap Fitting Brown (1 Piece) 10/Pack

F039-139-12 DSEC-BE Downspout End Cap Fitting Beige (1 Piece) 10/Pack

ROUND ADAPTER

Item Part # Description UOM

G039-163-10 DSA-4R-W Downspout to 4” Round Adapter White Each

G039-164-10 DSA-3R-W Downspout to 3” Round Adapter White Each

161

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Latch Duct Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant - Available in our Standard Version

162

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Latch Duct Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant - Available in our Standard Version

Features

• Fast Mounting One Piece Design

• Architectural MutiRaceway holds communication cables to a 1 inch bend radius,

thus maintaining end to end connectivity even when lled to capacity or pulled

through the raceway

• The one piece design constructed of 94V-O rigid vinyl features a highly exible

hinge and self-locking latch

• This can be easily accessed as many times as necessary without stress cracking

or discoloration

UL Listed Material

163

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Multilink Latch Duct MultiRaceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Features & Benets

• The MRM Series Latch Duct Raceway is an adhesive

backed, highly exible, one piece design that installs

quickly and easily

• All ttings incorporate a minimum of 1” bend radius, thus

maintaining end to end connectivity even when lled to

capacity or pulled through raceway.

MOLDING

Figure Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions Weight UOM

A99828 MRM75-I-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

A99825 MRM75-W-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

A99830 MRM75-OW-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

B99838 MRM12-I-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

B99835 MRM12-W-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

B99831 MRM12- OW-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C99848 MRM17-I-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C99845 MRM17-W-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C99832 MRM17-OW-T Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

Packed 120 ft. per carton

Standard colors are Ivory, White and Oce White

Replace XX with I, W or OW for color designation

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for ttings)

Call Customer Service for more information

AB C

A-C

.78

1.36

1.06

1.90

.50

.84

164

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

MutliClear Surface Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Features & Benets

• The MultiClear Raceway encompasses a exible vinyl base to

hold and secure cable

• The cover can be removed without disrupting the cabling

• This two piece design has a clear base and solid covers

available in our standard raceway colors of Ivory, White, and

Oce White

• The line is compatible with the ttings on the following pages

MOLDING

Figure Stock ID Part# Description Dimensions Weight UOM

A99854 MRC75-I-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

A99855 MRC75-W-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

ATBD MRC75-OW-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway .84” W x .5” H x 6’ L 9 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

B99860 MRC12-I-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

B99861 MRC12-W-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

BTBD MRC12- OW-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L 23 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C 99866 MRC17-I-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C99867 MRC17-W-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

C99869 MRC17- OW-T Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway 1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L 33 Lbs./Ctn 120’/Ctn

Packed 120 ft. per carton

Standard colors are Ivory, White and Oce White

Replace XX with I, W or OW for color designation

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for ttings)

Call Customer Service for more information

A B C

A-C

.78

1.36

1.06

1.90

.50

.84

165

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99441K MRF75-OCR-I Flat .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99442K MRF75-OCR-W Flat .75 White 10/Pack

99443K MRF75-OCR-OW

Flat

.75 Oce White 10/Pack

99446K MRF12-OCR-I Flat 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99447K MRF12-OCR-W Flat 1.25 White 10/Pack

99445K MRF12-OCR-OW

Flat

1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99451K MRF17-OCR-I Flat 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99452K MRF17-OCR-W Flat 1.75 White 10/Pack

99450K MRF17-OCR-OW

Flat

1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99459K MRF75-ICR-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99454K MRF75-ICR-W .75 White 10/Pack

99455K MRF75-ICR-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99463K MRF12-ICR-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99465K MRF12-ICR-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99460K MRF12-ICR-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99469K MRF17-ICR-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99470K MRF17-ICR-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99475K MRF17-ICR-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

T-FITTING

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99615K MRF75-TRT-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99616K MRF75-TRT-W .75 White 10/Pack

99614K MRF75-TRT-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99620K MRF12-TRT-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99621K MRF12-TRT-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99623K MRF12-TRT-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99625K MRF17-TRT-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99626K MRF17-TRT-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99624K MRF17-TRT-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Not Sold Separately

166

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99645K MRF75-EC-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99646K MRF75-EC-W .75 White 10/Pack

99647K MRF75-EC-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99651K MRF12-EC-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99652K MRF12-EC-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99653K MRF12-EC-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99656K MRF17-EC-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99657K MRF17-EC-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99658K MRF17-EC-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99486K MRF75-FER-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99487K MRF75-FER-W .75 White 10/Pack

99485K MRF75-FER-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99491K MRF12-FER-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99492K MRF12-FER-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99490K MRF12-FER-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99496K MRF17-FER-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99497K MRF17-FER-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99495K MRF17-FER-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99 411K MRF75-JC-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99412K MRF75-JC-W .75 White 10/Pack

99413K MRF75-JC-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99416K MRF12-JC-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99417K MRF12-JC-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99418K MRF12-JC-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99421K MRF17-JC-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99422K MRF17-JC-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99423K MRF17-JC-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

REDUCER FITTING

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99630K MRF12-R75-IV 1.25 to .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99631K MRF12-R75-W 1.25 to .75 White 10/Pack

99632K MRF12-R75-OW 1.25 to .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99635K MRF17-R75--I 1.75 to .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99636K MRF17-R75-W 1.75 to .75 White 10/Pack

99637K MRF17-R75-OW 1.75 to .75 Oce White 10/Pack

167

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

CEILING ENTRY

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

99319K MRF75-CE-I .75 Ivory 10/Pack

99321K MRF75-CE-W .75 White 10/Pack

99322K MRF75-CE-OW .75 Oce White 10/Pack

99320K MRF12-CE-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

99323K MRF12-CE-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

99324K MRF12-CE-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

99330K MRF17-CE-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

99331K MRF17-CE-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

99332K MRF17-CE-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

TRANSITION FITTING

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

649-052-21 MRF12-TF-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

649-052-23 MRF12-TF-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

649-052-22 MRF12-TF-OW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

649-051-21 MRF17-TF-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

649-051-23 MRF17-TF-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

649-051-22 MRF17-TF-OW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

SLACK BOX ENTRY FITTING

Stock ID Part # Size Color UOM

039-305-20 MRF12-SBE-I 1.25 Ivory 10/Pack

039-284-20 MRF12-SBE-W 1.25 White 10/Pack

039-304-20 MRF12-SBE-LW 1.25 Oce White 10/Pack

039-307-20 MRF17-SBE-I 1.75 Ivory 10/Pack

039-285-20 MRF17-SBE-W 1.75 White 10/Pack

039-306-20 MRF17-SBE-LW 1.75 Oce White 10/Pack

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color UOM

10-9433 MRS-3TB-LW Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts 3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19” Linen White Each

10-9434 MRS-3TB-IV Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts 3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19” Ivory Each

020-026-10 MRS-6TB-LW Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts 5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00” Linen White Each

020-026-11 MRS-6TB-IV Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts 5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00” Ivory Each

MRS-3TB MRS-6TB

Features & Benets

• Used To Store Fiber Optic Cable

• Bend Radius Protection Spools

• Covers Have Knockouts For MRM, MRC And Single Fiber Raceway

168

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Multilink Raceway Cross Reference Chart

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Multilink Description Panduit Part# Wiremold Part# Tyton Part# Dek Part#

MRM17 1.75" Raceway 6' L LD10 2900 TSR3-6A 042-LD00

MRF17-JC 1.75" Seam or Joint Cover CF10 2906 TSR3-14 042-0015

MRF17-TRT (includes base & cover) 1.75" Tee Fitting TFC10 2915 TSR3-21-1 042-0021

MRF17-FER (includes base & cover) 1.75" Elbow Fitting RAFC10 2911 TSR3-25-1 042-0025

MRF17-OCR (includes base & cover) 1.75" Outside Corner OCFX10 2918 TSR3-29-1 042-0029

MRF17-ICR (includes base & cover) 1.75" Inside Corner ICFC10 2917 TSR3-33-1 042-0033

MRF17- EC 1.75" End Cap ECF10 2910B TSR3-36 042-0036

MRF17- R7 1.75" - 1.25" Reducer RF10X5 2989A TSR1-12 042-0036H

MRF17- CE 1.75" Ceiling Drop DCF10 2986 TSR3-50 042-0050

MRM12 1.25" Raceway 6' L LD5 2800 TSR2-6A N/A

MRF12-JC 1.25" Seam or Joint Cover CF5 2806 TSR2-14 N/A

MRF12-TRT (includes base & cover) 1.25" Tee Fitting TFC5 2815 TSR2-21-1 N/A

MRF12-FER (includes base & cover) 1.25" Elbow Fitting RAFC5 2811 TSR2-25-1 N/A

MRF12-OCR (includes base & cover) 1.25" Outside Corner OCFX5 2818 TSR2-29-1 N/A

MRF12-ICR (includes base & cover) 1.25" Inside Corner ICFC5 2817 TSR2-33-1 N/A

MRF12-EC 1.25" End Cap ECF5 2810B TSR2-36 N/A

MRF12-R7 1.75" - .75" Reducer RF10X3 2879A TSR2-12 N/A

MRF12-CE 1.25" Ceiling Drop DCF10 2886 TSR3-50 N/A

MRM75 .75" Raceway 6' L LD3 2700 TSR1-6A 043-LD00

MRF75-JC .75" Seam or Joint Cover CF3 2706 TSR1-14 043-0015

MRF75-TRT (includes base & cover) .75" Tee Fitting TFC3 2715 TSR1-21-1 043-0021

MRF75-FER (includes base & cover) .75" Elbow Fitting RAFC3 2711 TSR1-25-1 043-0025

MRF75-OCR (includes base & cover) .75" Outside Corner OCFX3 2718 TSR1-29-1 043-0029

MRF75-ICR (includes base & cover) .75" Inside Corner ICFC3 2717 TSR1-33-1 043-0033

MRF75-EC .75" End Cap ECF3 2710B TSR1-36 043-0036

MRF75-R7 1.25" - 3/4" Reducer RF5X3 - TSR3-12 -

MRF75-CE .75" Ceiling Drop DCF13 2786 TSR1-50 043-0050

Power Raceway Systems

MRM400 (includes base and cover) 4" Multichannel 8' L T70B 5400TB MCRX-B8 N/A

MRM400-C Cover for 4" Raceway T70C 54000C MCRX-C N/A

MRM400-D Divider for 4" Raceway T70D N/A MCRW-SD N/A

MRF400-DB Data Box for 4" Raceway T70DB CM-EPLA MCRX-CDB N/A

MRF400-PB Power Box for 4" Raceway T70HB 5450-T MCRX-EDB N/A

MRF400-FER Flat Elbow for 4" Raceway T70RA 5411FO MCRX-FE N/A

MRF400-ICR Inside Corner 4" Raceway T70IC 5417FO MCRX-IE N/A

MRF400-EC End Cap for 4" Raceway T70EC 5410 MCRX-EC N/A

MRF400-OCR Outside Corner 4" Raceway T70OCR 5418FO MCRX-EE N/A

MRF400-TBT Transition Box 4" Raceway T70T 5415FO MCRX-TF N/A

MRF400-WR Wire Retainer 4" Raceway T70WR 5400TWC MCRG-WR N/A

MRF400-JC Joint Cover 4" Raceway T70BC 5406A MCRX-BS N/A

Not Needed Base Splice Cover T70CC 5406T MCRX-CS N/A

Call Customer Service if the style you are interested in is not listed

169

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

MRM Series Raceway Fill Chart

MRM 75 MRM12 MRM17

Wire Type Size Diameter 40% MAX 40% MAX 40% MAX

Coax RG6/U 0.27 1 2 4 8 9 16

RG59/U 0.242 1 2 5 10 12 20

RG62/U 0.242 1 2 5 10 12 20

RG58/U 0.193 3 5 9 15 18 30

Twisted Pair 2 pr 0.14 510 17 30 35 60

24 AWG 3 pr 0.15 4 8 15 25 31 50

Unshielded 4 pr 5E 0.217 2 4 7 12 14 25

4 pr 6 0.24 1 2 5 10 12 20

25 pr 0.41 0 1 2 4 4 7

Fiber Optic 2 strand 0.175 3 6 11 18 23 36

FA Jacket 4 strand 0.185 3 5 10 16 20 32

OFNP 6 strand 0.21 2 4 7 12 15 25

Electrical 14 AWG 0.105 710 14

12AWG 0.122 5 8 11

10AWG 0.153 3 5 6

40% - Column follows the guidelines of EIA/TIA for cable ll allowing for additions after install

MAX - Marketing recommended maximum ll based on bend radius and internal cabling area

Note - UL material used in MRM series raceway manufacturing

Product not currently UL listed

170

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Features

• Large Capacity Raceway

• Route Power and Communications Cabling Simultaneously

• Aesthetically Pleasing Design

• Meets TIA Minimum Requirements for Bend Radius

• UL Listed

Architectural Multichannel 4”

171

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Features and Benets

• Large Capacity Raceway

• Route Power and Communications Cabling Simultaneously

• Aesthetically Pleasing Design

• Meets TIA Minimum Requirements for Bend Radius

• Power Rated to 600V (UL)

Data Installation Power Installation

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Power & Data Installation

172

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

6 dierent modular designs allow for greater exibility in one raceway system

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Fully Cusomizable Divider Placement

173

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

TRANSITION BOX

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999320 MRF400-TBT-IV Transition Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999321 MRF400-TBT-WH Transition Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999322 MRF400-TBT-OW Transition Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

JOINT COVER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999310 MRF400-JC-IV Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

999311 MRF400-JC-WH Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

999312 MRF400-JC-OW Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

WIRE RETAINER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999306 MRF400-WR-IV Wire Retainer For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999307 MRF400-WR-WH Wire Retainer For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

UNIVERSAL DIVIDER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999309 MRM400-D-IV 4” Universal Divider For

4” Multichannel Raceway

1.55” H x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

999314 MRM400-D-WH 4” Universal Divider For

4” Multichannel Raceway

1.55” H x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

Base & Cover

Sold Together

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999300 MRM400-IV-T 4” Multichannel UL Listed Power

Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

999301 MRM400-WH-T 4” Multichannel UL Listed Power

Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

999302 MRM400-OW-T 4” Multichannel UL Listed Power

Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

174

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999370 MRF400-ICR-IV Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999371 MRF400-ICR-WH Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999372 MRF400-ICR-OW Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999380 MRF400-EC-IV End Cap For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999381 MRF400-EC-WH End Cap For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999382 MRF400-EC-OW End Cap For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999350 MRF400-FER-IV Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999351 MRF400-FER-WH Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

999352 MRF400-FER-OW Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” Each

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999360 MRF400-OCR-IV Outside Corner For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

999361 MRF400-OCR-WH Outside Corner For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

999362 MRF400-OCR-OW Outside Corner For 4”

Multichannel Raceway

4” Each

DATA BOX

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999330 MRF400-DB-IV Data Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” L x 2” W x .75” D Each

999331 MRF400-DB-WH Data Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” L x 2” W x .75” D Each

POWER BOX

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

999340 MRF400-PB-IV Power Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” L x 2” W x 1.375” D Each

999341 MRF400-PB-WH Power Box For 4” Multichannel

Raceway

4” L x 2” W x 1.375” D Each

175

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Standard Colors are Beige and White

Non-Metallic Architectural Flat Wave Hinged Molding

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

21367 84180-HM-2-BE Flat Wave Hinge Molding 2” x 1.25” x 8’ 144’ / Ctn

21366 84180-HM-2-WH Flat Wave Hinge Molding 2” x 1.25” x 8’ 144’ / Ctn

INSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

26307 84186-IEHM-BE Inside Elbow Fitting 2” Each

26306 84186-IEHM-WH Inside Elbow Fitting 2” Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

26317 84187-OEHM-BE Outside Elbow Fitting 2” Each

26316 84187-OEHM-WH Outside Elbow Fitting 2” Each

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

26337 84183-ECH-BE End Cap Fitting 2” Each

26336 84183-ECH-WH End Cap Fitting 2” Each

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

26327 84184-FEHM-BE Flat Elbow Fitting 2” Each

26326 84184-FEHM-WH Flat Elbow Fitting 2” Each

176

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Ultra High Security Locking Molding 2-Piece Lock Molding

3” bend radius meets coax drop cable return path bend radius standards

Standard Color is Ivory

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27032 MRL10 -EX Lock Molding Top/Bottom Exterior Grade .75” W x .8125” H x 8’ L 360’/Ctn

27030 MRL20-EX Lock Molding Top/Bottom Exterior Grade 2” W x .36” H x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27099K MRF34-FER-EX Flat Elbow Fitting (Cover and Base Included) .75” Each

27080K MRF25-FER-EX Flat Elbow Fitting (Cover and Base Included) 2” Each

SEAM COVER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27091 MRF34-SC-EX Seam Cover Fitting .75” Each

27087 MRF25-SC-EX Seam Cover Fitting 2” Each

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27103 MRF34-EC-EX End Cap Fitting .75” Each

27031 MRF25-EC-EX End Cap Fitting 2” Each

WALL ENTRY

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27092 MRF34-WE-EX Wall Entry .75” Each

27093 MRF25-WE-EX Wall Entry 2” Each

T-FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27010 MRF34-T-EX T-Fitting .75” Each

27011 MRF34-TR-EX T-Radius Fitting .75” Each

27088 MRF25-T-EX T-Fitting 2” Each

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27097 MRF34-ICR-EX Inside Corner Fitting .75” Each

27082 MRF25-IC-EX Inside Corner Fitting 2” Each

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27095K MRF34-OCR-EX Outside Corner Fitting (Cover and Base Included) .75” Each

27084 MRF25-OC-EX Outside Corner Fitting 2” Each

27085 MRF25-OR-EX Outside Radius Fitting 2” Each

REDUCER

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

27086 MRF25-R3-EX Reducer Fitting 2” to .75” Each

177

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Flat Box Molding

Flat Box is a two piece molding with a snap-on cover that is easy to re-enter

The special V-shaped grooves in the cover allow for a tighter, more secure t to the base

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions Color UOM

23217 84140-FBMH-BE Flat Box Molding 2” W x .75” H x 8’ L Beige 192’/Ctn

23216 84140-FBMH-WH Flat Box Molding 2” W x .75” H x 8’ L White 192’/Ctn

23237 84180-FBMH-BE Flat Box Molding 2” W x .1.25” H x 8’ L Beige 144’/Ctn

23235 84180-FBMH-WH Flat Box Molding 2” W x .1.25” H x 8’ L White 144’/Ctn

23267 84200-FBMH-BE Flat Box Molding 2” W x 2” H x 8’ L Beige 64’ / Ctn

23266 84200-FBMH-WH Flat Box Molding 2” W x 2” H x 8’ L White 64’ / Ctn

25974 84242-FBMH-BE Flat Box Molding 2.125” W x 2.25” H x 8’ L Beige 64’ / Ctn

25973 84242-FBMH-WH Flat Box Molding 2.125” W x 2.25” H x 8’ L White 64’ / Ctn

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

28217 84144-FE/FBM-BE Flat Elbow 2” x .75” Beige Each

28220 84144-FE/FBM-WH Flat Elbow 2” x .75” White Each

28249 84184-FE/FBM-BE Flat Elbow 2” x 1.25” Beige Each

28245 84184-FE/FBM-WH Flat Elbow 2” x 1.25” White Each

28277 84204-FE/FBM-BE Flat Elbow 2” x 2” Beige Each

28279 84204-FE/FBM-WH Flat Elbow 2” x 2” White Each

INSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

28017 84146-IE/FBM-BE Inside Elbow 2” x .75” Beige Each

28023 84146-IE/FBM-WH Inside Elbow 2” x .75” White Each

28037 84186-IE/FBM-BE Inside Elbow 2” x 1.25” Beige Each

28036 84186-IE/FBM-WH Inside Elbow 2” x 1.25” White Each

28067 84206-IE/FBM-BE Inside Elbow 2” x 2” Beige Each

28066 84206-IE/FBM-WH Inside Elbow 2” x 2” White Each

039- 408-10 84242-FBMH-IC-BE Inside Elbow 2.125” x 2.25” Beige Each

10-6072 84242-FBMH-IC-WH Inside Elbow 2.125” x 2.25” White Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Dimensions UOM

28117 84147-OE/FBM-BE Outside Elbow 2” x .75” Beige Each

28121 84147-OE/FBM-WH Outside Elbow 2” x .75” White Each

28137 84187-OE/FBM-BE Outside Elbow 2” x 1.25” Beige Each

28136 84187-OE/FBM-WH Outside Elbow 2” x 1.25” White Each

28167 84207-OE/FBM-BE Outside Elbow 2” x 2” Beige Each

28166 84207-OE/FBM-WH Outside Elbow 2” x 2” White Each

039-409-10 84242-FBMH-OC-BE Outside Elbow 2.125” x 2.25” Beige Each

10-6073 84242-FBMH-OC-WH Outside Elbow 2.125” x 2.25” White Each

178

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Self Adhesive Single Fiber Molding

3mm Fiber Only

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

D10-9410 FDF3-FER-IV Flat Elbow w/ Molded Radius

Single Fiber Drop Molding

Ivory 10/Pack

D10 - 9411 FDF3-FER-LW Flat Elbow w/ Molded Radius

Single Fiber Drop Molding

Linen White 10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

A10-9405 FDM3AB-IV Single Fiber Drop Molding Ivory 600/Feet

A10-9404 FDM3AB-LW Single Fiber Drop Molding Linen White 600/Feet

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

B10-9409 FDF3-OCR-IV OC & Radius for Single Fiber Drop Molding Ivory 10/Pack

B10-9408 FDF3-OCR-LW OC & Radius for Single Fiber Drop Molding Linen White 10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

C10-9407 FDF3-ICR-IV IC & Molded Radius Single Fiber Drop Molding Ivory 10/Pack

C10-9406 FDF3-ICR-LW IC & Molded Radius Single Fiber Drop Molding Linen White 10/Pack

179

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Plastic Wave Molding For Interior Use Only

6 dierent modular designs allow for greater exibility in one raceway system

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

OUTSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

26016 84125- OEW Outside Elbow White 2.5” Each

26017 84125-OEW Outside Elbow Beige 2.5” Each

039-133-10 84175- OEW Outside Elbow White 3.5” Each

21330 8 4175-OEW Outside Elbow Beige 3.5” Each

21293 84130 -OEWL Outside Elbow White 2.75” Each

21292 84130 -OEWL Outside Elbow Beige 2.75” Each

INSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

26006 84125-IEW Inside Elbow White 2.5” Each

26007 84125-IEW Inside Elbow Beige 2.5” Each

039-132-10 84175- IEW Inside Elbow White 3.5” Each

21325 8 4175-IEW Inside Elbow Beige 3.5” Each

21295 84130-IEWL Inside Elbow White 2.75” Each

21294 84130 -IEWL Inside Elbow Beige 2.75” Each

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

21096 84125-W Wave Molding White 2.5” W x 8’ L 240’/Ctn

21097 84125-W Wave Molding Beige 2.5” W x 8’ L 240’/Ctn

21196 84125-WH Hinged Wave Molding White 2.5” W x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

21197 84125-WH Hinged Wave Molding Beige 2.5” W x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

21299 84125-WH -AB Hinged Wave Molding w/

Adhesive Backing Beige 2.5” W x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

21290 84130 -W Wave Molding White 2.75” W x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

21291 84130-W Wave Molding Beige 2.75” W x 8’ L 160’/Ctn

039-131-10 84170-W Wave Molding White 3.5” W x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

21320 84170-W Wave Molding Beige 3.5” W x 8’ L 64’/Ctn

23208 84140-W Wave Molding White 4” W x 8’ L 96’/Ctn

23209 84140-W Wave Molding Beige 4” W x 8’ L 96’/Ctn

Lance Option Available

180

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Plastic Wave Molding For Interior Use Only

6 dierent modular designs allow for greater exibility in one raceway system

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

T-FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

99687K MCF27-T-W T-Fitting White 2.5” 10 / Pack

99686K MCF27-T-BE T-Fitting Beige 2.5” 10 / Pack

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for ttings)

Call Customer Service for more information

LEFT END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

039-477-10 84125-CW Left End Cap White 2.5” Each

039- 478-10 84125- CW Left End Cap Beige 2.5” Each

039- 461-10 84175 -CW Left End Cap White 3.5” Each

039-469-10 84175-CW Left End Cap Beige 3.5” Each

RIGHT END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

26036 84125-CW Right End Cap White 2.5” Each

26037 84125- CW Right End Cap Beige 2.5” Each

039-134-10 84175-C W Right End Cap White 3.5” Each

039-196-10 84175- CW Right End Cap Beige 3.5” Each

181

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Lance Option Available

Cove Molding

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for ttings)

Call Customer Service for more information

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

22678 84108-VM Cove Molding White 2.0625” x 8’ 320’/Ctn

22677 84108-VM Cove Molding Beige 2.0625” x 8’ 320’/Ctn

22696 84125-VM Cove Molding White 2.75” x 8’ 240’/ Ctn

22697 84125-VM Cove Molding Beige 2.75” x 8’ 240’/ Ctn

039-541-10 84125-VM Cove Molding Linen White 2.75” x 8’ 240’/ Ctn

INSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

28079 84106-IEVL Inside Elbow White 2.0625” Each

28077 84106-IEVL Inside Elbow Beige 2.0625” Each

28088 84125-IEVL Inside Elbow White 2.75” Each

28087 84125-IEVL Inside Elbow Beige 2.75” Each

039-542-10 84125-IEVL Inside Elbow Linen White 2.75” Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

28179 84107-OEVL Outside Elbow White 2.0625” Each

28177 84107-OEVL Outside Elbow Beige 2.0625” Each

28189 84125-OEVL Outside Elbow White 2.75” Each

28187 84125-OEVL Outside Elbow Beige 2.75” Each

039-543-10 84125-OEVL Outside Elbow Linen White 2.75” Each

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

28389 84108-CV End Cap Left White 2.0625” x 8” Each

28388 84108-CV End Cap Left Beige 2.0625” x 8” Each

039-463-10 84108-CV End Cap Right White 2.0625” x 8” Each

039-462-10 84108-CV End Cap Right Beige 2.0625” x 8” Each

28398 84125-C V End Cap Left White 2.75 ” x 8” Each

28397 84125- CV End Cap Left Beige 2.75 ” x 8” Each

039-544-10 84125- CV End Cap Left Linen White 2.75 ” x 8” Each

039- 473-10 84125-CV End Cap Right White 2.75 ” x 8” Each

039- 472-10 84125-CV End Cap Right Beige 2.75 ” x 8” Each

039-545-10 84125-CV End Cap Right Linen White 2.75 ” x 8” Each

2 PIECE FINGER DROP SPLICE

Stock ID Part # Description Color Dimensions UOM

28295 84020-FDS-WH 2 Piece Finger Drop Splice White .5” x 8” Each

28298 84020-FDS-BE 2 Piece Finger Drop Splice Beige .5” x 8” Each

182

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Overlay Molding

Overlay MoldingTM was designed to be installed over an existing provider’s molding system. It is a two piece design,

which allows for access to the rst molding system without disconnecting any cables. The cover of the overlay simply

snaps onto the base which is mounted below the existing molding and “covers up” the existing molding and the new

base. The base of the Overlay MoldingTM has a smooth co-extruded exible cable keeper which won’t damage any

cables during installation or removal. The corner pieces include bend radius protectors to maintain the minimum

bend radius of 1”.

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

A10-9387 MRW-15-IV Overlay Molding/Open Crown 1.5” x .75” for MDU Ivory 80’/Ctn

A10-9386 MRW-15-LW Overlay Molding/Open Crown 1.5” x .75” for MDU Linen White 80’/Ctn

3.33

4.50

2.63

1.63

1.00

.79

1.69

BASE DETAILS

MRW15

3.33

4.50

2.63

1.63

1.00

.79

1.69

BASE DETAILS

MRW15

Patent In Process

183

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Overlay Molding TM

Radius Not Sold Separately

RIGHT END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

10-9380 MRW15-EC-R-IV Right End Cap for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

10-9381 MRW15-EC-R-LW Right End Cap for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

F10-9389 MRW15-IER-IV Inside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

F10-9388 MRW15-IER-LW Inside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

E10-9391 MRW15-OWCR-IV Outside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

E10-9390 MRW15-OWCR-LW Outside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

COVER DROP “T”

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

10-9383 MRW15-DTRB-IV Cover Drop “T” and Radius for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

10-9382 MRW15-DTRB-LW Cover Drop “T” and Radius for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

C10-9376 MRW15-SC-IV Seam Cover for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

C10-9375 MRW15-SC-LW Seam Cover for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

LEFT END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

B10-9379 MRW15-EC-L-IV Left End Cap for Overlay Molding Ivory 10/Pack

B10-9378 MRW15-EC-L-LW Left End Cap for Overlay Molding Linen White 10/Pack

184

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Quarter Round Molding

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

A 039-187-21 MRQH14-IV 1/4 Round Hinged Ivory 320’/ctn

A 039-187-22 MRQH14-W 1/4 Round Hinged White 320’/ctn

A 039-187-20 MRQH14-LW 1/4 Round Hinged Linen White 320’/ctn

Multilink’s ¼-Round raceway system was designed to house cabling where the wall meets the oor, and can also be

where the wall meets the ceiling. The cover is hinged, and the accessory pieces snap over the outside of the raceway for

ease of installation. The molding transitions to Multilink’s standard MRM-75 latch duct and square moldings by use of

the “T” tting.

1.03

185

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Quarter Round Molding

LEFT ENDCAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

B 039-219-21 MRQH14-LEC-IV Left End Cap 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

B 039-219-22 MRQH14-LEC-W Left End Cap 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

B 039-219-20 MRQH14-LEC-LW Left End Cap 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

RIGHT ENDCAP

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

C 039-218-21 MRQH14-REC-IV Right End Cap 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

C 039-218-22 MRQH14-REC-W Right End Cap 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

C 039-218-20 MRQH14-REC-LW Right End Cap 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

D 039-215-21 MRQH14-IE-IV Inside Elbow 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

D 039-215-22 MRQH14-IE-W Inside Elbow 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

D 039-215-20 MRQH14-IE-LW Inside Elbow 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

E 039-216-21 MRQH14-OE-IV Outside Elbow 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

E 039-216-22 MRQH14-OE-W Outside Elbow 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

E 039-216-20 MRQH14-OE-LW Outside Elbow 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

T-FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

F 039-217-21 MRQH14-T-IV Drop T 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

F 039-217-22 MRQH14-T-W Drop T 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

F 039-217-20 MRQH14-T-LW Drop T 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

039-214-21 MRQH14-SC-IV Seam Cover 1/4 Round Ivory 10/Pack

039-214-22 MRQH14-SC-W Seam Cover 1/4 Round White 10/Pack

039-214-20 MRQH14-SC-LW Seam Cover 1/4 Round Linen White 10/Pack

Not Shown

186

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

MOLDING

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

A6 49 - 0 65 -11 MRWH15-IV Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 80’/ctn

A649-065-12 MRWH15-W Hinged Cover Molding White 80’/ctn

A649-065-10 MRWH15-LW Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 80’/ctn

Hinged Overlay Molding

B A EFD G C

Overlay MoldingTM was designed to be installed over an existing provider’s molding system. It is a two piece design,

which allows for access to the rst molding system without disconnecting any cables. The cover of the overlay simply

snaps onto the base which is mounted below the existing molding and “covers up” the existing molding and the new

base. The base of the Overlay MoldingTM has a smooth co-extruded exible cable keeper which won’t damage any

cables during installation or removal. The corner pieces include bend radius protectors to maintain the minimum bend

radius of 1”. Cover is hinged for ease of acess and mounting.

2.85”

4.86”

CLOSED

CONFIGURATION

OPEN

CONFIGURATION

187

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Hinged Overlay Molding

Left End Cap

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

B649-053-21 MRWH15-EC-L-IV Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10/Pack

B649-053-22 MRWH15-EC-L-W Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding White 10/Pack

B649-053-20 MRWH15-EC-L-LW Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10/Pack

Right End Cap

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

C649-054-21 MRWH15-EC-R-IV Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10/Pack

C649-054-22 MRWH15-EC-R-W Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding White 10/Pack

C649-054-20 MRWH15-EC-R-LW Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10/Pack

Inside Corner w/Bend Radius

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

D039 - 4 0 5-11 MRWH15-ICR-IV Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10/Pack

D039- 405-12 MRWH15-ICR-W Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding White 10/Pack

D039- 405-10 MRWH15-ICR-LW Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10/Pack

Outside Corner w/Bend Radius

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

E039 - 4 0 4 -11 MRWH15-OCR-IV Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10 Pack

E039- 404-12 MRWH15-OCR-W Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding White 10 Pack

E039- 404-10 MRWH15-OCR-LW Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10 Pack

T-Fitting w/Bend Radius

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

F039-406-11 MRWH15-TRT-IV T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10/Pack

F039-406-12 MRWH15-TRT-W T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding White 10/Pack

F039-406-10 MRWH15-TRT-LW T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10/Pack

Seam Cover

Stock ID Part # Description Color UOM

G649-060-21 MRWH15-SC-IV Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding Ivory 10/Pack

G649-060-22 MRWH15-SC-W Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding White 10/Pack

G649-060-20 MRWH15-SC-LW Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding Linen White 10/Pack

188

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Square Plastic Molding Exterior Grade

MRC12 MRC17

Not Sold Separately

T-FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

B10-9731 MRF12-TRT-E-IV T-Fitting & Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

B10-9734 MRF17-TRT-E-IV T-Fitting & Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

Square Plastic Molding

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

A10-9465 MRC12-E-IV Sq. Plastic Molding w/ Non-Adhesive Backing Exterior Grade 160/Feet

A10-9423 MRC17-E-IV Sq. Plastic Molding w/ Non-Adhesive Backing Exterior Grade 160/Feet

OUTSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

C10 -9417 MRF12-OCR-E-IV Outside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

C10-9427 MRF17-OCR-E-IV Outside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

D10 -9415 MRF12-ICR-E-IV Inside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

D10-9425 MRF17-ICR-E-IV Inside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

.78

1.36

1.06

1.90

.50

.84

189

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

FLAT ELBOW

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

E10-9419 MRF12-FER-E-IV Flat Elbow and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

E10-9429 MRF17-FER-E-IV Flat Elbow and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

END CAP

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

F10-9729 MRF12-EC-E-IV End Cap for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

F10-9730 MRF17-EC-E-IV End Cap for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade 10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

-10-9421 MRF12-JC-E-IV Seam Cover for Sq. Plastic Exterior 10/Pack

-10-9431 MRF17-JC-E-IV Seam Cover for Sq. Plastic Exterior 10/Pack

Exterior Grade Material is Only Available in Exterior Ivory

Square Plastic Molding Exterior Grade

TRANSITION FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

-649-052-20 MRF12-TF-E-IV Transition Fitting 10/Pack

- 649-051-20 MRF17-TF-E-IV Transition Fitting 10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

SLACK BOX ENTRY FITTING

Stock ID Part # Description UOM

-039-208-20 MRF12-SBE-E-IV Slack Box Entry Fitting 10/Pack

-039-209-20 MRF17-SBE-E-IV Slack Box Entry Fitting 10/Pack

190

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tu Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding

Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Steel Raceway Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Std. CRT Size UOM

A84030-CMM 3/4” 20117 20119 20118 20115 224 ft Each

A84120-CMM 1-1/4” 20137 20139 20138 20136 224 ft Each

A84200-CMM 2” 20167 20169 20168 20171 192 ft Each

A84300-CMM 3” 20194 20195 20196 20197 96 ft Each

Full Length Metal Backing

Stock ID Description Std. CRT Size UOM

A25913 84030-MBL / Full length Metal Backing for

3/4” Metal Molding

224 ft Each

A25933 84120-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for

1-1/4” Metal Molding

224 ft Each

A25993 84200-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for

2” Metal Molding

192 ft Each

A25934 84300-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for

3” Metal Molding

96 ft Each

5” Long Mounting Brackets

Stock ID Description Std. CRT Size UOM

A25912 84032-MB / 3/4’ Mounting Brackets 10/Pack Each

A25932 84122-MB / 1 1/4 Mounting Brackets 10/Pack Each

A25962 84205-MB / 2” Mounting Brackets 10/Pack Each

A25963 84306-MB / 3” Mounting Brackets 10/Pack Each

191

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tu Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding

Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Outside Corners

w/ Bend Radius

Protection Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

D84127-OEM2 1-1/4” 10-9303 10-9304 10-9302 10-9301 10/Pack Each

D84207-OEM2 2” 10-9307 10-9308 10-9306 10-9305 10/Pack Each

End Cap Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

C84033-ECM 3/4” 25317 25319 25318 27332 10/Pack Each

C84123-ECM 1-1/4” 25337 25339 25338 27333 10/Pack Each

C84203-ECM 2” 25367 25369 25368 27334 10/Pack Each

C84303-ECM 3” 25396 25395 25394 25005 10/Pack Each

Seam Covers Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

B84033-SCM 3/4” 25917 25919 25918 25920 10/Pack Each

B84122-SCM 1-1/4” 25937 25939 25938 25940 10/Pack Each

B84222-SCM 2” 25967 25969 25968 25961 10/Pack Each

B84302-SCM 3” 25009 25008 25109 25007 10/Pack Each

Entry Hoof Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

H84123-ECM2 1-1/4” 10 -9311 10 -9312 10-9310 10-9309 10/Pack Each

H84203-ECM2 2” 10-9315 10-9316 10-9314 10-9313 10/Pack Each

Outside Corner Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

D84037-OEM 3/4” 25117 25119 25118 27326 10/Pack Each

D84127-OEM 1-1/4” 25137 25139 25138 27327 10/Pack Each

D84207-OEM 2” 25167 25169 25168 27328 10/Pack Each

D84307-OEM 3” 25194 25195 25196 25002 10/Pack Each

192

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tu Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding

Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Inside Corner Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

E84036-IEM 3/4” 25017 25019 25018 27323 10/Pack Each

E84126 -IEM 1-1/4” 25037 25039 25038 27324 10/Pack Each

E84206-IEM 2” 25067 25069 25068 27325 10/Pack Each

E84306-IEM 3” 25096 25095 25094 25001 10/Pack Each

Inside Corners

w/ Bend Radius

Protection Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty UOM

E84126 -IEM2 1-1/4” 10-9295 10-9296 10-9294 10-9293 10/Pack Each

E84206-IEM2 2” 10-9299 10-9300 10-9298 10-9297 10/Pack Each

Right Angles

w/ Bend Radius

Protection Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty UOM

F84124-FEM2 1-1/4” 10-9278 10-9279 10-9277 10-9276 10/Pack Each

F84204-FEM2 2” 10-9286 10-9287 10-9285 10-9284 10/Pack Each

4-Way Fitting Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty UOM

4WF-2 2” 038-007-22 038-007-21 038-007-24 038-007-23 10/Pack Each

4WF-3 3” 038-005-22 038-005-21 038-005-24 038-005-23 10/Pack Each

Right Angles Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

F84034-FEMB 3/4” 25217 25219 25218 27329 10/Pack Each

F84124-FEMB 1-1/4” 25237 25239 25238 27330 10/Pack Each

F84204-FEMB 2” 25267 25269 25268 27331 10/Pack Each

F84304-FEMB 3” 25294 25295 25296 25003 10/Pack Each

Not Shown On Drawing

193

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tu Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding

Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Bell Flanges Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

84030-JBM 3/4” 25617 25619 25618 27321 10/Pack Each

84120 -JBM 1-1/4” 25637 25639 25638 25636 10/Pack Each

84200-JBM 2” 25667 25669 25668 27322 10/Pack Each

84300-JBM 3” 25694 25695 25696 25004 10/Pack Each

T-Fitting w/ Bend

Radius Protection Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

G84128 -TM2 1-1/4” 10-9282 10-9283 10-9281 10-9280 10/Pack Each

G84208-TM2 2” 10-9290 10-9291 10-9289 10-9288 10/Pack Each

T- Reducer Fitting Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

84128- 03-T 1-1/4” - 3/4” 25540 N/A N/A N/A 10/Pack Each

84208- 03-T 2” - 1-1/4” 25567 25569 25568 25566 10/Pack Each

84308- 03-T 3” - 1-1/4” 25594 25595 25596 25593 10/Pack Each

T-Fitting Stock ID

Description Beige Brick Red Brown White Carton Qty. UOM

G84038-TMB 3/4” 25417 25419 25418 25420 10/Pack Each

G84128 -TMB 1-1/4” 25437 25439 25438 25440 10/Pack Each

G84208-TMB 2” 25467 25469 25468 25466 10/Pack Each

G84308-TMB 3” 25494 25495 25496 25006 10/Pack Each

2” Metal Molding In-Line Spool

Stock Description Color Max. Fill UOM

038-008-22 2” In-Line Spool Beige 24 Ft Each

038-008-21 2” In-Line Spool Brick Red 24 Ft Each

038-008-24 2” In-Line Spool Brown 24 Ft Each

038-008-23 2” In-Line Spool White 24 Ft Each

3” Metal Molding In-Line Spool

Stock Description Color Max. Fill UOM

038-009-22 3” In-Line Spool Beige 28 Ft Each

038-009-21 3” In-Line Spool Brick Red 28 Ft Each

038-009-24 3” In-Line Spool Brown 28 Ft Each

038-009-23 3” In-Line Spool White 28 Ft Each

Image Altered For Clarity

194

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Accessories

Tu Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding

Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

CUTTING TOOL

Stock ID Description Weight Lbs. UOM

33815 84J1251 - Cutting Tool For Steel Molding - Each

ENTRY TOOL

Stock ID Description Weight Lbs. UOM

33800 84002-ET - Entry Tool for Molding 0.05 Each

TOUCH UP PAINT

Stock ID Description Weight Lbs. UOM

12715 Brown Touch Up Paint 0.70 Each

12720 Beige Touch Up Paint 0.70 Each

12717 Brick Red Touch Up Paint 0.70 Each

12718 White Touch Up Paint 0.70 Each

Stock ID Description UOM

10-6052 Single Feed-thru Bushing For RG-6 Black Each

649-022-12 Fiber Plug 3mm Each

Multilink Plastic Flush Wall Entry Plug

With Built-In Bend Radius System

Single Feed Thru Bushing

• Designed to meet the special requirements of the telecommunications

industry

• It provides unequaled holding power in less-than-perfect holes through many

kinds of construction materials, including masonry walls

• Each bushing has multiple reverse barbs which ex to ll the hole and secure

themselves to prevent easy pull-out after insertion

195

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Surface Mount Junction Boxes & Face Plates

Figure Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM

A99580K MJB-1-I Ivory Single Gang Surface Mount Box 3.25” x 5” x 2” 0.20 Each

-99581K MJB-1-WH White Single Gang Surface Mount Box 3.25” x 5” x 2” 0.20 Each

-99584K MJB-1-OW Oce White Single Gang Surface Mount Box 3.25” x 5” x 2” 0.20 Each

B99582K MJB-2-I Ivory Double Gang Surface Mount Box 5” x 5.25” x 2” 0.20 Each

- 99583K MJB-2-WH White Double Gang Surface Mount Box 5” x 5.25” x 2” 0.20 Each

-99585K MJB-2-OW Oce White Double Gang Surface Mount Box 5” x 5.25” x 2” 0.20 Each

A B

C D E

This 2-piece wall plate box oers

4 knockout entry holes which

are ideal for a 4-way junction

box. The 2-piece wall box can

easily be mounted to an uneven

surface.

This wall plate box with a back

has the same features as the

84421-SWB along with a full

backing and a 2 stage knockout

with 1/2” ID and 1” OD. Also

four mounting holes and two

knockouts on each side.

Installing directional taps and

passive equipment on hard

concrete walls or areas where

there are no outlet holes can be

a problem without the use of a

junction box.

2 Piece Wall Plate Box

Figure Stock ID Part # Color Dimensions UOM

C33407 84512-SWB Beige 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

C33408 84512-SWB Brown 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

C33409 84512-SWB White 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

Wall Plate Box/Junction Box With Full Backing

Figure Stock ID Part # Color Dimensions UOM

D33417 84430-SWB Beige 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

D33418 84430-SWB Brown 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

D33416 84430-SWB White 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

Wall Plate Box/Junction Box

Figure Stock ID Part # Color Dimensions UOM

E33427 84421-SWB Beige 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

E33428 84421-SWB Brown 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

E33429 84421-SWB White 4.5” x 2.5” x 1” Each

196

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Raceway Solutions

Accessories

Figure Part # Stock ID Color Description UOM

A WP-2SP-WH 33694K White Protruding Wall Plate W/ Dual Knockouts Each

A WP-2SP-IV 33695K Ivory Protruding Wall Plate W/ Dual Knockouts Each

B WP-1SR-WH 33710K White Recessed Wall Plate Each

B WP-1SR-IV 33709K Ivory Recessed Wall Plate Each

C SWWICT 33587K Ivory Protruding Wall Plate For Mode Jack And F81 Each

C SWWWCT 33588K White Protruding Wall Plate For Mode Jack And F81 Each

Figure Part # Description UOM

D 33700 MP1 Wall Plate Mounting Bracket 100 / Box

E 33702 MPLS Wall Plate Mounting Bracket 100 / Box

ABC

D E

Fiber Optic Exterior Slack Storage Box

Stock ID Description Dimensions Color Std. CRT Size UOM

020-004-23 Slack Box, Exterior with 3, 1” holes 4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D Ivory 1Each

020-004-24 Slack Box, Exterior without holes 4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D Ivory 1Each

FILL CHART

Bend Radius Cable Type EIA/TIA 40% Maximum Fill

1.263 Inches 3mm Fiber Optic Cable 5.2 1.58 M 13’ 3.9 MRT

1.211 Inches 3mm Fiber Optic Cable 4.4 1.34 M 11’ 3.52 MRT

197

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

Digital Converter Totes

Converter Bags For CSR’s

When receiving converters back,

the bags snu out insects

CPE Protective Sleeves

When transporting converters,

protection is now made easy

Shoe Covers

Keeps carpet clean and bills down

ONE SIZE FITS ALL

Digital

Converter Tote

Rolling Digital

Converter Tote

Techbag Tote

• Transport made easy

• Protect your hardware while improving your image and organization

198

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

Portable Converter Totes Transport Made Easy

Rolling Digital Converter Tote

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

10-9440

Rolling Digital Converter Tote, Padded

Outside: 23” W x 20” H x 17” D

Inside: 21” W x 16” H x 13” D

Canvas, Padded

Each

44” Extended

21” Retracted

20”

17” 23”

Information

Window

Retractable

Handle

(1) Top and

(2) Side Handles

Double

Zipper

Custom Logos

Available

(3) Adjustable

Padded Sections

Inside Velcro

Pocket

Not only holds and protects DVR and Converters, but also holds VOIP installation cables,

high speed modems and other hardware and accessories

The Tech Bag

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

10-8139 / Custom Logos Available

Techbag Tote For Transporting Converters and

Hardware

22” L x 8” W x 16” D

3.0 lbs.

Canvas, Padded

Each

199

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

Plastic Converter Tote

Features & Benets

• Lockable security

• Easy to maintain

• Washable

Part# Description Capacity Dimensions UOM

37130K 242015-B Gray Plastic Tote Kit 6 Converters 25” L x 18” W x 14.88” H Each

37130 242015-B Gray Plastic Tote (Tote Only) 6 Converters 25” L x 18” W x 14.88” H Each

37333 242517-P Foam Shock Pad Fits Bottom of Tote 37130 - - Each

37111K 221157-B Gray Plastic Tote KIt 4 Converters 19.75” L x 14.5” W x 16.88” H Each

37111 221157-B Gray Plastic Tote (Tote Only) 4 Converters 19.75” L x 14.5” W x 16.88” H Each

37112 218134-P Foam Shock Pad Fits Bottom of Tote 37111 -- Each

37113 214123-DCT Plastic Cell For DCT-1000/Terminal Block -18.5” L x 3.0” W x 14.25” H Each

Great for transporting in the warehouse and back to repair center

• Cell/inserts are replaceable

• Attached cover

• Highly durable

• Stackable

Kit Includes:

• Tote

• Shock Pad

• Cells

Plastic Cell

Foam Shock

Pad

Converter Tote

(37130 Shown)

CPE Protective Sleeve

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

Material

UOM

961-900-20

Protective Neoprene Converter Sleeve

8” x 11” x 3.5”

≈.5 lbs.

Neoprene

Each

Please contact customer service to request alternate sizes

200

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

Converter Bags & Disposable Shoe Covers

Features & Benets

• Converter Dispenser Repackaging bags are available in

quantities of 500 per easy to use dispenser box

• Each bag has space to write the date, the subscriber’s

name, address, and account number along with an area

for comments regarding the performance or condition

of the converter

• Each bag has a built-in plastic tie strip to seal the bag

and is made from a durable 2 mil. clear poly lm

• Custom imprinting and/or logos are available

Please call Customer Service for details

• Reduces the roach and pest problems along with the

handling of the converters in the eld and oce area

• Converter disconnections, upgrades, and repair

problems are handled quickly and easily with write-on

disposable bags

• Operations run more eciently

• Reduces scratches

• Keeps converter dust free while sitting on the shelf

Features & Benets

• The Disposable Shoe Covers are made of poly-latex,

no-skid material

• The Disposable Shoe cover ts a size 16 shoe and lower

(one size ts most)

• The Disposable Shoe Covers are a new and inexpensive

product from Multilink used to prevent tracking mud,

dirt, grease, etc. on the oors and carpet of subscribers

• No more angry phone calls from subscribers upset with

dirt on their oors and carpets!

• No more carpet cleaning bills from the dirty oors of

subscribers

• Improve image of the cable system as being

professional, “One who cares about work and customers!”

• Improve the productivity of the installer because he/she

doesn’t have to spend time taking his/her boots/shoes

o and on before entering the home

Figure Part # Description Dimensions UOM

A 10-8141 CB-2026 Converter Bag 20” x 26” 500/Box

B 37911 SCJM-402-XD Work Boot & Regular Shoe Style - 50 Pair/Box

C 37922 SCJM-402-DW High Top Boot Style - 50 Pair/Bag

D 37933 Shoe Cover XXL Buttery Style w/ Serged Seam 75 Pair/Bag

D 37934 Shoe Cover Universal Size w/ Serged Seam 75 Pair/Bag

D 37935 Shoe Cover XL Size w/ Serged Seam 75 Pair/Bag

Reusable Shoe Covers

Stock ID

Description

Size

Material

UOM

37936

Reusable Shoe Covers

One Size Fits Most

Heavy Duty Nylon w/ Polyurethane Sole

Pair

201

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

TORQUE WRENCH

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

38025K 5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds 3/8” Each

38045K 5540-TW, Torque Wrench 45 Inch/Pounds 3/8” Each

38020K 5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds 7/16” Each

38028K 5525-TW, Torque Wrench 25 Inch/Pounds 7/16” Each

38031K 5530-TW, Torque Wrench 30 Inch/Pounds 7/16 Each

38040K 5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds 7/16” Each

38044K 5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds 1/2” Each

38023K 5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds 9/16” Each

38037K 5530-TW, Torque Wrench 30 Inch/Pounds 9/16” Each

38038K 5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds 9/16” Each

7/16” TORQUE WRENCH

Part# Description Dimensions UOM

38946 5510-TWP, Torque Wrench 10.5” Inch/Pounds 7/16” Each

Cable Prep Tools

202

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Tools and Accessories

203

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Powering Products

204

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Multilink Service Programs

Support - 24.7.365

Track Repairs Online - 24.7.365

MULTILINK INSTANT SERVICE IN A BOX

We are proud to announce the beginning of a revolutionary

new way of thinking about power supply service. Our Instant

Service In A Box program provides you with a replacement

Black Hawk inverter, transfer relay, and ribbon cable. When a

component goes bad simply replace it and send us the failed parts.

MULTILINK SERVICE CENTERS

We oer full warranty and non-warranty

repair services for our

power supplies and electronics by

factory-trained technicians.

MULTILINK FIELD SERVICE ENGINEERS

We are available for emergency repair

and technical service.

MULTILINK IMMEDIATE TECHNICAL SUPPORT

We are available at 440.366.6966. Or log onto our

web site: www.gomultilink.com, and

visit our Product Section”.

VIDEO

View an Installation Video.

Now you have round-the-clock

installation training for your

Power Maintenance Sta 24.7.365.

Just go to www.gomultilink.com

205

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

FlexPower 300

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

017- 059 -20

48VDC, 300 Watt Power Module

N/A

Each

FlexPower 150

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

017-058-20

48VDC, 150 Watt Power Module

N/A

Each

The FlexPOWER power conversion modules provide

nominal 48-volt DC output using commercial AC line

as the input power source. Output DC is used to power

MDU, MTU and SBU applications while maintaining a

standby battery in a state of full charge. This product is

designed for use in the FlexPOWER Enclosure that enables

construction of larger capacity semi-customized power

systems serving telecommunications, data and video

services. Either four or eight standby batteries may be

used with this power module, providing either 7.2 or 14.4

ampere-hour standby capability.

Features & Benets

• Primary power conversion for 48-volt DC UPS

applications

• Provides equipment operating power with

simultaneous battery charging capability

• Temperature compensating charging for long

battery life and optimum standby time

• Local LCD display and remote status monitoring

and reporting

• Wide-range power input capability accepts nearly

any AC voltage/frequency combination

• Product is RoHS compliant

• NRTL compliance to UL/CSA 60950, EN 60950 and

FCC Part 15, Class B

150 300 150 300

Input Voltage

90 to 265 VAC

Input Protection External fuse or circuit breaker

required

Replaceable metal oxide

varistors (MOVs) at input

Input Frequency 47 to 63Hz Output Protection Current limit and overvoltage

shutdown

Power Factor 0.9 or better at any load Operating

Temperature -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C)

Output Power 150 VA 300 VA Storage

Temperature -58°F to 158°F (-50°C to 70°C)

Output Voltage

(nominal) 48 VDC (adjustable) Humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing

Voltage Adjustment

Range 9 to 16 VDC 42 to 58 VDC Alarms Built-in LCD display for operating

parameters and alarms

Output Current

(nominal) 3.1 amp DC 6.2 amp DC Battery Supports (4) or (8) 7.2 amp-hour

maintenance-free VRLA batteries

Output Ripple Less than 3mV RMS Output Noise

(voice band) Less than 90mV peak-to-peak

FlexPower 150 and 300

206

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

FlexPower Batteries

032-030-10

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

032-030-10

12 Volt, 7.2 amp-hour VRLA battery

5.95” x 2.54” x 3.70” (151mm x 65mm x 94mm)

5.45 lbs. (2.47 Kg)

Each

032-032-10

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

032-032-10

12 Volt, 12 amp-hour VRLA battery

5.95” x 3.86” x 3.94” (151mm x 98mm x 100mm)

8.36 lbs. (3.80 Kg)

Each

032-033-10

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

032-033-10

12 Volt, 17 amp-hour VRLA battery

7.13” x 2.99” x 6.58” (181mm x 76mm x 167mm)

14.34 lbs. (6.50 Kg)

Each

The FlexPOWER series of batteries complements the FlexPOWER product line of DC power systems and power con-

version modules. These batteries are lead-acid, maintenance-free units suitable for use inside enclosures typically

applied in customer premise locations in MDU, SBU and similar applications. Batteries may be used singly in 12-volt

backup systems or in series or series-parallel arrangements in 48-volt DC systems.

Features & Benets

• Designed for standby, oat service application

• Recognized component per UL standards for standby batteries

207

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

EB1

Ordering Information

Stock ID Model Description

Input

Voltage V rms

Input

Frequency Hz

Output

Voltage V rms

Output

Current A

Max Output

Power VA

Battery

Voltage VDC

Approximate

Wt. lbs/kg

017- 064 -23 EB1 500-36 230 50, ±3 48/63/89 10/8.3/5.5 500 36 45/22.5

017- 064 -20 EB1 900-36 230 50, ±3 63/89 15/10 900 36 45/22.5

017-064-21 EB1 1350-36 230 50, ±3 48/63/89 22/22/15 1350 36 45/22.5

017- 064 -22 EB1 1350- 48 230 50, ±3 48/63/89 22/22/15 1350 48 45/22.5

017-067-20 EB1 Node Series 120 60, ±3 60/90 6.5 600 36 TBD

The EB1 uninterruptable power supply features a high eciency synchronous power processing topology where battery

voltage is boosted and regulated before driving the inverter. This provides superior power supply output regulation

across the entire battery voltage range while also improving power supply eciency. In line power operation, an

intelligent line monitor selects one of four transformer input taps to provide the best transformer eciency and maintain

optimum output voltage regulation to the four independently current limited outputs. The EB1 and can either be wall or

shelf mounted.

Features & Benets

• Wall mounting hardware included

• Status-At-A-Glance indicators

• High eciency inverter operation (>90% typical)

• High eciency line operation (93% typical)

• Preventative and self-diagnostic maintenance

features

• Optional ESM/DSM status monitoring available

• Multiple input taps with automatic selection

• Programmable LCD Display

• Superior output regulation in both Line and Inverter operation

• High eciency Battery Boost with Synchronous Rectication (no

fans or heatsinks)

• Four individually protected outputs

• Independent programmable current limits for each output

208

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

EB1 Specications

500 900 1350

Size Vertical Mount: 20”W x 11.7”H x 9”D

Shelf Mount: 16.5”W x 8.4”H x 12.5”D

Weight 65 lbs

Environmental -40 to 60°C 95% RH non-condensing

The Serial Status Monitoring Port Monitors:

• Output #1 - #4 current • Major alarm • Discharge current

• Output #1 voltage • Minor alarm • Charge current

• Input voltage • Inverter status • Power input

• Input current • Last test status • Power output

• Battery string voltage • Tamper switch • Frequency

• Individual battery voltage • Test start/stop

Wide Input

Voltage Range

Embedded

DOCSIS

Monitoring

(optional)

Individual

Battery

Monitoring

Status-At-A-Glance

Electronically

Controlled Output

Current Protection

“Self Resets”

Syncronous

Battery

Boost

LCD Display Battery Circut

Breaker

209

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

MP Plus

Ordering Information

Stock ID Model Description

Nominal Input

Voltage VAC

Input

Frequency Hz

Output

Voltage VAC

Output

Current A

Max Output

Power VA

Battery

Voltage VDC

Approximate

Wt. lbs/kg

017-040-20 MP PLUS LCD 900-120-36 120 47-63 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 60/27. 2

017-040-21 MP PLUS LCD 900-240-36 240 47-63 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 60/27. 2

017-040-22 MP PLUS LCD 900-120-48 120 47-63 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 60/ 27.2

017-040-23 MP PLUS LCD 900-240-48 240 47-63 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 60/27. 2

017-038-20 MP PLUS LCD 1350-120-36 120 47-63 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 72/32.7

017-038-21 MP PLUS LCD 1350-240-36 240 47-63 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 72/32.7

017-038-22 MP PLUS LCD 1350-120-48 120 47-63 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 72/32.7

017-038-23 MP PLUS LCD 1350-240-48 240 47-63 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 72/32.7

The MP Plus power supply traces its roots to services started in 1998 with its forerunner, the MP True UPS. At that time,

power supplies based on the true UPS concept constituted the largest trouble-free installations of any CATV / Broadband

network power supply in the world. The key to part of this success is the universal input that allows this particular power

supply to operate from a wide range of voltages. Consequently, line voltage spikes, sags and minor surges that occur

daily on the AC utility lines are absorbed in the input circuits of the MP Plus power supply. If a brownout, blackout or

momentary loss of AC power occurs, the transfer to the battery backup inverter is seamless with absolutely no power

anomalies being reected to the load. Circuit topology within the MP Plus series provides a true UPS product suitable

for today’s mission-critical applications, oering the best and most reliable back-up source for services such as VoIP and

others. Standby power supplies simply cannot provide the quality of power and the ongoing reliability oered in the MP

Plus True UPS power supply.

Features & Benets

• True UPS Mission Critical

• No transfer, No interruption

• Universal Input

• 90V/75V/60V operation

• HMS RS485 monitoring

• LCD Display

• Temperature-compensated four-stage charger

• Battery temperature sensor

US Patent # 5,994,793, US Patent # US 6,268,665 B1, US Patent # 6,932,443

210

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

MP Plus Specications

Standard

Battery

Connector

Circuit Breakers

No Fuses To

Replace HMS RS485

Serial Status

Monitoring

Dual Outputs

Can Run 90 And 60 Volt

Plant On Each Output

Electronically

Controlled Output

Current Protection

“Self Resets”

Easy Access

Output Selector

No Dip Switches

To Mess With

Dual Heat

Sinks

Universal Input Oers

A Wide Range Of Input

Voltage And Frequency

LCD

Display

900 1350

Size 16”W x 8.625”H x 12”D

Weight 65 lbs 72 lbs

Environmental -40 to 60C 95% RH non condensing

Protection I-Track electronic current limit and

output breakers battery circuit breaker

Cabinet Lights 4 pin mini mate-n-lock

Temperature Sensor 2 pin mini mate-n-lock

Test Jacks Output voltage (TRMS)

Output current (TRMS)

Battery String Voltage

Low Battery cut o 36V System, 31.5V(1.75 VPC)

48V System, 42(1.75 VPC)

Battery Acceptance 36V System, 37VDC TYP

48V System, 49 VDC TYP

Status Monitor HMS RS485

The Serial Status Monitoring Port Monitors:

• Output #1 and output #2 current • Major alarm

• Output #1 voltage • Minor alarm

• Input voltage • Inverter status

• Input current • Last test status

• Battery string voltage • Tamper switch

• Test start/stop

US Patent # 5,994,793, US Patent # US 6,268,665 B1, US Patent # 6,932,443

PENDING AGENCY APPROVAL

211

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Stock ID Model Description

Alternate

Description

Nominal Input

Voltage VAC

Input

Frequency Hz

Output

Voltage VAC

Output

Current A

Max Output

Power VA

Battery

Voltage VDC

Approximate

Weight lbs/kg

017-045-20 900-120/60-36 9010/6015 120 60 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 62/28.1

017-045-22 900-120/60-48 9010/6015 120 60 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 62/28.1

017-045-21 900-240/60-36 9010/6015 240 60 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 62/28.1

017-045-23 900-240/60-48 9010/6015 240 60 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 62/28.1

017-041-20 1350-120/60-36 9015/6022 120 60 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 69.5/31.5

017-041-22 1350-120/60-48 9015/6022 120 60 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 69.5/31.5

017-041-21 1350-240/60-36 9015/6022 240 60 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 69.5/31.5

017-041-23 1350-240/60-48 9015/6022 240 60 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 69.5/31.5

017-049-22 900-100/50-36 9010/6015 100 50 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 72/32.7

017-049-23 900-100/50-48 9010/6015 100 50 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 72/32.7

017-033-20 1350-100/50-36 9015/6022 100 50 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 82/37. 2

017-033-22 1350-100/50-48 9015/6022 100 50 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 82/37. 2

017-049-20 900-200/50-36 9010/6015 200 50 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 36 72/32.7

017-049-21 900-200/50-48 9010/6015 200 50 60/75/90 15/12/10 900 48 72/32.7

017-033-21 1350-200/50-36 9015/6022 200 50 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 36 82/37. 2

017-033-23 1350-200/50-48 9015/6022 200 50 60/75/90 22/18/15 1350 48 82/37. 2

017-039-20 2000-240/60-48 9022 240 60 60/75/90 22.25 2000 48 82/37.2

Black Hawk

Ordering Information

Features & Benets

• Premium Uninterruptible Power

• Direct Core Cooling

• Lower Battery Ripple

• Inverter Current Limiting

• The Original Replaceable Transfer Relay

• Status-at-a-Glance

• Conformal Coated Circuit Boards Optional

• Replaceable Inverter Module

212

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

900 1350 2000

Input Voltage 120VAC 120VAC 240VAC

Input Current 9A 8A 8A

Input Frequency 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz

Line Reject 95V 95V 190V

Line Accept 105V 105V 210V

Output Voltage 60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2% 60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2% 60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2%

Output Current 15/12/10A 15/15A/15A 22A/22A/22A

Output Power 900VA 1350VA 2000VA

Power Factor 0.9 typical 0.9 typical 0.9 typical

Eciency Line mode: 90% typical (at full load) Line mode: 90% typical (at full load) Line mode: 90% typical (at full load)

Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load) Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load) Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load)

Battery Voltage 36VDC nominal 36VDC nominal 48VDC nominal

Low Battery Cuto 31.5V nom. (1.75V/cell) 31.5V nom. (1.75V/cell) 42.0 nom. (1.75V/cell)

Battery Acceptance No higher than 37V No higher than 37V No higher than 49V

Battery Charger Bulk, balance and oat Bulk, balance and oat Bulk, balance and oat

Recharge Current 10A max. 10A max. 10A max.

Battery Float Voltage 41.0VDC (2.28V/cell) 41.0VDC (2.28V/cell) 54.7VDC (2.28V/cell)

Recharge Time Not Specied; B45 dependent on depth of discharge, etc.

Charger Temp. Compensation -0.09V/degC; -0.05V/degF with default to internal sensor upon probe failure

Transfer Time 4mS typical, measured at 80% load

Size 15”W x 8.6”H x 12.5”D (381mm x 222mm x 330mm)

Black Hawk Specications

Standard

Battery

Connector

Re-Settable

Circuit Breaker

Direct Core

Cooling

Battery

Circut

Breaker

Output Test

Points

Output

Individual Battery

Monitoring

Cabinet Lights

Battery Temp

Sensor

Carrying Handle Slide Out

Inverter Module

Battery Test

Points

LCD

Display

213

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

PENDING AGENCY APPROVAL

The Features

Compact Design, Saves Space

Designed For 60 Homes And Less

Compatible with Black Hawk inverter and status monitoring.

Little Hawk

Stock ID Model Description

Nominal Input

Voltage VAC

Input

Frequency Hz

Output

Voltage VAC

Output

Current A

Max Output

Power VA

Battery

Voltage VDC

Approximate

Weight lbs/kg

017-044 -20 BLACK HAWK LCD 500-120/60-36 120 60 60/75/90 8.3/6.7/5.6 500 36 45/22.5

017-044 -21 BLACK HAWK LCD 500-240/60-36 240 60 60/75/90 8.3/6.7/5.6 500 36 45/22.5

017-044 -22 BLACK HAWK LCD 500-120/60-48 120 60 60/75/90 8.3/6.7/5.6 500 48 45/22.5

017-044 -23 BLACK HAWK LCD 500-240/60-48 240 60 60/75/90 8.3/6.7/5.6 500 48 45/22.5

Low Line Reject

Little Hawk - 120 95 VAC

Little Hawk - 240 190 VAC

Little Hawk 500

Output VA 500

Output VA 60 / 75 / 90

Output A 8.3 / 6.6 / 5.5

Transfer Time 4mS

Input V (nom) 120 or 240

Battery V 36 (3 battery) 48 (4 battery)

Status Monitor Compatible with Black Hawk status monitoring

Specications

Weight 45 lbs

Environmental -40C to 60C 0-95% RH non-condensing

Protection 85A battery circuit breaker

Temperature Sensor 2 pin mini mate-n-lock

Battery String Voltage

Low Battery Cut O 36V System 31.5V (1.75 VPC)

Battery Acceptance 36V System 37 VDC TYP

Battery Acceptance 48V System 49 VDC TYP

Ordering Information

214

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Part # Description UOM

744-353-20 Inverter Module 36V Black Hawk Each

744-353-21 Inverter Module 48V Black Hawk Each

Replaceable Inverter Module

Replaceable Transfer Relay

Direct Core Cooling System

Black Hawk

COOL AIR FLOWS directly to where

it is needed and then out the

back of the power supply

Enclosed Air

Cooling Duct

Durable 30 Amp Power Relay

Expected mechanical life of up to 10

million operations!

215

Specifications subject to change without notice.

instant service

in a box

Power

216

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Step 1:

Multilink will provide one service kit for

each of your trucks that service Black Hawk

power supplies. In the event of a failure,

remove the service kit from your truck.

Step 2:

Remove the damaged inverter, ribbon cable,

or relay from the failed power supply.

Step 3:

Install the new

components into the

power supply. If any

status monitoring

was installed, switch

the board to the new

inverter.

Step 4:

Place the failed components into

the same box and seal it up.

Step 5:

Place the shipping label on top, and ship it

back to us. A new service kit will be sent out

within one day of reciept.*

Power

*Manufacturers warranty specications apply for all returned components.

Power

Embedded Electroline Transponder

(019-010-10)

Electroline embedded DOCSIS transponder for

the Black Hawk power supply. This SCTE-

HMS-022 compliant transponder has the ability to

monitor individual batteries, up to two strings.

Local interface is through USB port.

HMS Status Monitoring

(744-362-24)

SCTE-HMS-022 compliant Black Hawk power

supply interface. Has a single wire interface to

connect to an external HMS-022 compliant

transponder. Has the ability to monitor

individual batteries, up to two strings.

Embedded Cheetah Transponder

(744-828-20)

Cheetah embedded DOCSIS transponder for

the Black Hawk power supply. This SCTE-

HMS-022 compliant transponder has the ability

to monitor individual batteries, up to two

strings. Local interface is through Ethernet port.

Multilink Ethernet Based Status Monitoring

(744-863-20)

Embedded status monitoring solution

communicates to an onsite cable modem

through Ethernet. This device is SCTE-HMS022

compliant with the ability to monitor Multilink

Power Supplies and generators. Has the ability

to communicate with most SNMP based

software with the SCTE MIBS. Also, the status

monitoring unit can be congured through a

web page and is eld upgradable.

Black Hawk Status Monitoring

218

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Regulation 5%

Input Voltage Range ±15%

Frequency ±3Hz

Tap Voltages* 50 = 48V

60 = 63V

75 = 75V

90V = 87V

Foldback Current 125%<x<150%

Power Factor >.9

Audible Noise < 40dBa @ 10’

Eciency > 90% full load

> 80% half load

Operating Temperature -40°C to +65°C

Size 15 5/8”H x 11 1/8”W x 8 1/4”D

(397mm x 283mm x 210mm)

Exclusive of pole-mount bracket

Options

NS-OI - NS Series Output Indicator,

Long Life Green LED Indicates

AC Output Voltage

OD-1 - Output Delay Relay

SA-1 - Input Surge Arrestor

Specications NS Non-Standby Series

Traditional ferroresonant non-standby

powering

Compact package, self-contained

Replaceable internal components

Pole mount

Low Cost Non-Standby

High Eciency

50V, 60V and 60/75/90V Models with 3, 6,

10 or 15A Output

Powder Coated Aluminum Enclosure

Non-Standby Power Supply for Broadband Networks

Stock ID Nominal Input

Voltage VAC

Input

Frequency Hz

Output

Voltage VAC

Output

Current A

Max Output

Power VA

016-015-20 120 60 60 15 900

016-016-20 220 50 50, 60 15 900

016-019-20 120 60 60, 75, 90 22.5, 18, 15 1350

016-020-20 220 60 60, 75, 90 22.5, 18, 15 1350

016-013-20 120 60 63 10 630

016-014-20 240 50 32, 48, 63 19.7, 13.1, 10 630

016-017-20 220 60 60 15 900

Ordering Information

Enclosure available empty - Stock ID: 744-323-20

219

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

A New Way To Manage Batteries!

The First Battery Balance in CATV

Combine new replacements with older batteries in existing strings (*1)

Active battery charge equalization at oat voltages

Automatically and correctly tracks charger voltage and temperature compensation

Battery string charges at full charger current, up to maximum of CATV supply capability

Evenly distributes charge across all batteries in the string preventing potential undercharge and overcharge damage

Can be used with any manufacturer’s CATV power supply

May be used to balance the batteries in any three or four battery power supply (*2)

Models are available for use with 36V (three Battery) and 48V (four battery) systems

*1. Replacement battery must be same type , chemistry, size, and AH rating.

*2. On 36V systems, one balancer is required for every string of three batteries. On 48V systems one balancer is required for every string of four batteries.

Reduce Battery

Replacement Cost!

40.5v

Total

13.95v

13.05v

13.5v

# 1

# 2

# 3

Battery #1 Overcharged

Battery #2 Undercharged

Battery #3 Just Right

CAT V

Power

Supply

Float Charging

(Assume 250c Temperature

Without Balancer

With Balancer

BBN

13.5v

# 1

# 2

# 3 Float Charging

(Assume 250c Temperature

All Batteries Have Correct Voltage And Are Just

Right

40.5v

Total

CAT V

Power

Supply

Low

Battery

Cuto

Monitor

Part # Description Voltage Dimensions UOM

018-008-20 BBM Plus 36V (kit for 3 batteries, includes wiring harness and instructions) 36 6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D” Each

018-009-20 BBM Plus 48V (kit for 4 batteries, includes wiring harness and instructions) 48 6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D” Each

740-029-20 BBM Plus unit (auto congures for 3 or 4 batteries) 36/48 6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D” Each

870-069-21 Wiring Harness for a BBM 3 Batteries 36 n/a Each

870-070-21 Wiring Harness for a BBM 4 Batteries 48 n/a Each

Specications subject to change without notice

Technical Specications

Balance Rate 48 Hours Typical to 66 mV after complete discharge/recharge cycle,

measured using new 100AH batteries

Balance Accuracy 65mV per battery or better when battery

capacity mismatch does not exceed 20%

Max String Charge Current limited by capability of CATV power supply charger Overload Protection Electronic self-resetting current protection.

Accidental reverse polarity protection

Environmental -40ºC to +60ºC, 0-99%RH non-condensing

Ordering Information

Battery Balance Manager

220

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Broadband Gel Batteries

Specications

Group 27 Group 31

Stock ID 032-001-10 032-002-10

Battery Type Advanced Gel Advanced Gel

Nominal Voltage 12V 12V

Capacity at C/100 99Ah 108Ah

Capacity at C/200 88 Ah 97.6 Ah

Weight 63 lbs. (28.6 kg) 70 lbs. (31.8 kg)

Plate Alloy Lead Calcium Lead Calcium

Posts Forged Terminals & Bushings Forged Terminals & Bushings

Container/Cover Polypropylene Polypropylene

Operating Teperature Range -76°F (-60°C) - 140°F (60°C) -76°F (-60°C) - 140°F (60°C)

Charge Voltage / At 68°F (20°C)

Cycle 2.30 - 2.35 VPC 2.30 - 2.35 VPC

Float 2.25 - 2.30 VPC 2.25 - 2.30 VPC

Vent Self-sealing Self-sealing

Electrolyte Sulfuric acid thixotropic gel Sulfuric acid thixotropic gel

Terminal T876 Contact (Shown above) Stud

Length 12.83” (326mm) 12.93” (329mm)

Width 6.56” (167mm) 6.75” (171mm)

Height 9.30” (236mm) 9.34” (237mm)

• Advanced GEL technology

• Standard polypropylene case and cover with reinforced end

walls.

• Removable carrying handles.

• A recognized component of U.L.

• Gas recombination greater than 99%

• Operates at a low internal pressure.

• Never needs watering, minimal maintenance.

• Pure lead with calcium alloy grids.

• Shock absorbent thick wall polypropylene cases.

• Cold forged non-porous terminal bushings, eliminate post

leakage.

• Thermally welded case to cover bond, eliminates both acid and

electrical leaks.

• Over-sized, through the partition inter-cell welds provide low resistance

connections, with minimal power loss.

• Flame arresting, low pressure safety release venting system for individual cells,

recognized per U.L. 924.

• Measured high vacuum acid ll, reduces electrical variability between cells.

• Can be used in any orientation, upright, side or end is recommended.

• 100% recyclable materials.

221

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Flat Roof Power Cabinets

Increased Air-

ow Eciency

Through Power

Supply Shelf

Absolute Stop For Power

Supply to Maintain Ample Air-

ow Accross Transformer and

“hot spots”

Slide-Out Vented

Battery Tray

PIM-G

(optional)

Battery Balancer

Docking Position

With Tie-down

Slots

Fiber Management

Tie-Downs

Easy Generator

Hookup

Duplex

Receptacle

(optional)

(Ground Mount 3 Battery Shown)

SK222

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Flat Roof Power Cabinets

Ground Mount:

Removable Panel

Pole Mount:

Lift-O Hinged Door

Enclosure

Indicator Lights

(optional)

“Universal” Concrete

Pad Footprint

(Ground Mount 3 Battery Shown)

All Louvers

Backed w/ Bug

Screen

Custom Logo

Available

Secure Quarter-Turn

Cam Locks

100 CFM Fan w/

Connectorized

Wiring Harness

(optional)

Multiple

Service

Entrance

Options

Ground Lug

223

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Ordering Information

Stock ID: 030-190 -10 030-207-10 030-198-10 030-199-10

Model PSC 3-P PSC 4-P PSC 6-P PSC 8-P

Main Application Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf X X X X

Locking Sliding Battery Shelf X X X X

Hinged Door X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X

Group 27 or 31 3 4 6 8

Standard Pole Mount Enclosures / Flat Roof

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any pole-mounted application.

Standard features include durable construction with exterior nished in light equipment gray

powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.

Totally enclosed design oers highest security from tampering or unauthorized entry, yet provides

exibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.

Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.

Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service

of enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

Flat roof with side anges aords a rainproof design, yet ips up to allow unhindered access to

equipment and battery spaces.

Optional life saver vented roof available.

UL Listed versions available. Please contact customer service for more information.

224

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any ground mounted application.

Standard features include durable construction with exterior nished in light equipment gray

powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.

Totally enclosed design oers highest security from unauthorized tampering or entry, yet provides

exibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.

Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.

Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service

of enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

Flat roof with side anges aords a rainproof design, yet ips up to allow unhindered access to

equipment and battery spaces.

Optional life saver vented roof available.

Standard Ground Mount Enclosures / Flat Roof

Ordering Information

Stock ID: 030-191-10 030-208-10 030-209-10 030-210-10

Model PSC 3-G PSC 4-G PSC 6-G PSC 8-G

Main Application Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf X X X X

Locking Sliding Battery Shelf X X X X

Lift O Door Panel X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X

Group 27 or 31 3 4 6 8

UL Listed versions available. Please contact customer service for more information.

225

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

US Patent 6,932,443.B1

Given proper charging and installation, battery service

life is dependent primarily on average operating

temperature. Lead-acid battery chemistry is highly

temperature dependent. For each 15°F increase

over 77°F in average operating temperature, a

corresponding service life reduction of 50% is

predicted. This means, in simpler terms, that a

5-year battery in a cool climate will be a 2.5-year

battery in a hot climate. Operating temperatures,

however, due to sun-loading, can be much higher

than local ambient temperatures if the enclosure is

not designed to exchange ambient air eectively.

“Sun-loading” in hot climates can raise internal

cabinet temperatures to 130°F and above if internal

air is not continuously replaced by cooler, outside

ambient air. Of course, 130°F temperatures turn a

5-year battery into a 5-month battery!

The key is to allow convective or fan-forced

air movement through the cabinet to replace

internally heated air with cooler ambient air rapidly

enough to reduce inside temperatures to values as

close to ambient as possible. This can only be

done by using adequately large air entry and

exit vents. Multilink’s entry and exit areas exceed

44 square inches on all cabinets, allowing

temperatures to rise less than a few degrees

over.

Even in cooler climates, short hot summers have

a life-draining eect: Mulitlink’s free-ow “Life Saver”

cabinets still work to maximize battery life.

Multilink’s battery trays are sized to permit one-inch

spacing between batteries on all sides, exposing

maximum battery surface area to cooling air ow.

Venting patterns in battery trays support optimum

cooling air ow for both 3- and 4-battery layouts. When

you upgrade from 36V to 48V (higher power, higher

eciency UPS units) there is no need for expensive

cabinet change-outs.

Life Saver

A patented vented

battery tray allows air

to pass through the

batteries

Life Saver Convection Cooling System

226

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Standard Pole Mount Enclosures / Life Saver

Ordering Information

Stock ID: 030-016-10 030-041-10 030-018-10 030-043-10

Model PM 3/4-N PM 4-W PM 6/8-N PM 8-W

Main Application Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf X X X X

Locking Slide Battery

Shelf

X X X X

Hinged Door X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X

Group 27 or 31 33 or 4 66 or 8

030-016-10

030-043-10

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any pole-mounted application.

Standard features include durable construction with exterior nished in light equipment gray powder

paint. Custom colors are available upon request.

Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing exibility of utility and

cable entrance locations.

Totally enclosed design oers highest security from tampering or unauthorized entry, yet provides

exibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.

Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.

Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service of

enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

227

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Ordering Information

Stock ID: 030-015-10 030-040-10 030-017-10 030-042-10

Model GM 3/4-N GM 4-W GM 6/8-N GM 8-W

Main Application Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf X X X X

Locking Slide Battery

Shelf

X X X X

Hinged Door X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X

Group 27 or 31 33 or 4 66 or 8

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any ground-mounted application.

May be used with pre-cast or poured-in-place concrete pads, vaults or any other desired mounting

options.

Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing exibility of utility and

cable entrance locations.

Standard features include durable construction with exterior nished in light equipment

gray powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.

Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.

Front and rear doors are removable for ease of installation and service of enclosed equipment. Doors

are locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

Standard Ground Mount Enclosures / Life Saver

228

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Item # Part # Description

1030-130-10 MPC-PS2-8 120/240V Gray Assy

2030-131-10 6 Battery Enclosure 18 x 52 x 22 Assy

Additional Battery

Storage Cabinet

Power Supply

Cabinet PS2-8

2 x 100 CFM Fans

Equipped With A

Thermostat

Modular Designs

229

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Designed to EUSERC standards; will accommodate either ring-type or ringless meter base.

In the MPC-Series cabinets, optional test/bypass blocks allow testing, servicing or replacement of the

internal kilowatt-hour meter without aecting utility service to the power supply.

Rainproof enclosure (Type 3R) will house broadband power supplies and batteries in ground-mounted

conguration.

May be used with pre-cast or poured-in-place concrete pads or vaults.

Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing exibility of utility and

cable entrance locations.

Standard features include durable construction with exterior nished in light equipment gray powder

paint. Custom colors are available upon request.

Separate lockable, sealed utility and cable compartments allow for craft separation and exclusive access.

Metered Power Supply Enclosures

Ordering Information

Stock ID: 030-048-10 030-048-11 T.B.D. T.B.D. T.B.D. T.B.D.

Model MPC-3 MPC-3 MPC-4 MPC-6 MPC-8 MPC-8

Main Entrance Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &

Battery Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 46.1”H x 28”W x

21.3”D

46.2”H x 28”W x

21.3”D

46.2”H x 33.6”W x

21.3”D

50.1”H x 28”W x

21.3”D

50.1”H x 33.6”W x

21.3”D

50.1”H x 33.6”W x

21.3”D

Power Supply Shelf X X X X X X

Battery Shelf X X X X X X

Hinged Roof X X X X X X

Drop-in Doors X X X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X X X

Internal Service X X X X X X

Group 27 or 31 3 3 4 6 8 8

240V 20A / Ext X

Dual 120V, 20A / Int X X X X X

240V, 20A Duplex 120V,

20A Duplex Dual Outlets

X X X X X X

Test/Bypass Blocks Fifth

Jaw for KwH Meter

X X X X X X

Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure 030-048-11 is listed to UL Standard 1012 for Power Units other than Class 2

230

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Custom Cabinets to t your

needs can retrot to

existing power cabinets

Meter Cabinet

Lockable bar to install a pad lock

to stop battery bandits

Battery Cabinet

Hasp Lock

Custom Metered Cabinets

231

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Additional Battery Storage

Please contact customer service

for more battery storage options

or custom requests.

6 Battery Storage

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

UOM

030-131-10

6 Battery Enclosure / Gray

18”W x 52”H x 22”D

Each

232

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Power

Prevent Cabinet Theft

Patent In Process

Multilink is proud to introduce another dimension of security oerings for our power cabinets.

We are constantly seeking to produce products that will meet or surpass the customers

qualications for security and reliability. The new M1 security solution borrows the concept

of our M1 security for CATV boxes and integrates it into the already reliable power supply

cabinets that our customers know and love. For more information on how you can integrate

these into your cabinets or for technical information please contact your customer service

representative.

Built to retro-t your power

supply cabinets in the eld.

233

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Part # Description

018-029-20 Dual Source Switch

Automatically switches from the primary utility grid to a second utility grid in case of a

power failure. The second source preserves the battery charge until both utility sources

fail. Indicator light shows status of both primary and secondary source.

018-029-20

Dual Source Switch

234

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Battery Wiring Kits

3 Battery Wiring

Part # Description UOM

874-001-20 BWK-3 Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Light (900 Watt or less) Each

874-001-21 BWK-3HD Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Heavy Duty Each

874-001-22 BWK-3XD Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Standard Each

4 Battery Wiring

Part # Description UOM

874-002-20 BWK-4 Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Light (900 Watt or less) Each

874-002-21 BWK-4HD Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Heavy Duty Each

874-002-22 BWK-4XD Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Standard Each

6 Battery Wiring

Part # Description UOM

874-003-21 BWK-6HD Battery Wiring Kit 6 Battery Heavy Duty Each

8 Battery Wiring

Part # Description UOM

874-004-20 BWK-8 Battery Wiring Kit 8 Battery Each

874-004-21 BWK-8HD Battery Wiring Kit 8 Battery Heavy Duty Each

235

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Coax Suppressor

Stock ID 163- 001-10

Description Coaxial line surge suppression for modems

and transponders connected via RG-6 or RG-59

cable. This device provides added protection for

sensitive communication equipment when used

in conjunction with surge suppression in the

balance of the cable plant.

Connectorized Lightning Arrestor

Stock ID 740 -057-20

Description The connectorized lightning arrestor was

designed for use with Black Hawk and MP Plus

cable power supplies to provide protection

against transients and high voltage surges

appearing at the power supply outputs

resulting from high voltage events occurring on

the external cable plant.

Plug In Suppressor

Stock ID 163-003-10

Description Plug in surge suppression for use in 120

volt duplex outlets. Provides localized

surge protection of the particular outlet of

connection. This device provides additional

secondary surge protection where primary

protection at the service entrance or branch

circuit panel has be employed.

Primary Surge Suppressor

Stock ID 163- 005-10

Description Primary surge protection, suitable for

installation in service entrance boxes or branch

circuit panels. This device can be used in

both new builds and in upgrades or retrot

applications. Available for 120 or 240 volt use

with mechanical mounting suitable for standard

7/8 inch knockout.

Surge Suppression

Critical protection from voltage transients coming from the utility line, cable plant and noises.

236

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Stock ID 035 - 0 01-11

Model # SQD -1HM

Description Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1 High Mag

Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

Stock ID 035-001-20

Model # SQD -1

Description Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1- 120V 20AMP

Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

Stock ID 035-002-10

Model # SQD-3

Description Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1- 120V/240V

20AMP Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

Service Entrance

237

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Stock ID Description Uom

740-009-20 PIM-G with 4’ Cable Each

740-015-20 PIM-E Economy PIM Each

Multifunction Power Insertion Module (PIM) supports output load current connection to the cable coaxial ttings

leading to the system power inserter via a standard 5/8” threaded tting. Status monitor connection permits

monitoring of output AC voltage and power of transponders. (Powering of status monitoring transponders by direct

DC connection to the batteries may unbalance charge distribution across the battery string, reducing battery life.

Multilink supports a separate DC power supply for monitoring transponders, powered by an AC output at the PIM.) A

convenient power substitution switch allows transfer to a service power supply when removing or upgrading the UPS

module, with a minimum interruption to plant powering.

PIM-E

PIM-G

Duplex Kits

Stock ID 035-007-10

Model # DOK-1

Description 120V Duplex Kit Including Receptacle,

Receptacle Box, and Face Plate

UOM Each

Stock ID 035-008-10

Model # DOK-2

Description 240V Duplex Kit Including Receptacle,

Receptacle Box, and Face Plate

UOM Each

120V Receptacle Shown

Power Options

238

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Severe Weather Kit

Stock ID 035 - 011-10

Model # Severe Weather Kit

Description Kit Includes Two 12”x12” Squares of Cobra Vent

UOM Each

Meter Bases

Stock ID 523-003-10

Model # Lectro 100A-OH/UG

Description 100 Amp Outdoor Meter Base

UOM Each

Stock ID 523-202-10

Model # PH U1980-OKK (NO HUB)

Description Meter Base 200A 250VAC Single

UOM Each

Stock ID 523-203-10

Model # N/A

Description Meter Base 100A 250V Single/ Phase Ring Type

UOM Each

523-003-10

Tamper Switch Kit

Stock ID 740 -008-20

Model # TWK

Description Kit includes tamper sensor switch and hardware

UOM Each

Cabinet Fan Cooling Kit (for MQ-36 Cabinets)

Stock ID 035-025-10

Model # MQ-FK1

Description 100CFM Fan Kit Installs Into Roof of MQ-36

Cabinet for Great Forced Convection

UOM Each

Cabinet Options

Hardware Included

239

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Enclosure Light Kits

Stock ID 035-014-20

Model # ELK

Description Enclosure Light Kit with Lectro Option

UOM Each

Stock ID 035-003-10

Model # ELK-1

Description Enclosure Light Kit

UOM Each

Stock ID 035-015-10

Model # ELK-1E

Description Economy Enclosure Light Kit

UOM Each

Stock ID 035-016-20

Model # ALK-1

Description Standby Light Kit (Alpha Option)

UOM Each

Indicator Light Kits

240

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Enclosure Accessories

Stock ID Description Dimensions Weight (lbs) UOM

A. Vaults Only

800-001-10 2436-18 HDPE Vault 24” x 36” x 18” 41 Each

800-003-10 1730-15 HDPE Vault 17” x 30” x 15” 24 Each

800-005-10 1730-18 HDPE Vault 17” x 30” x 18” 26.5 Each

B. Mounting Pad

802-007-10 Pad for MQ-30 & MQ35 (C3040-3MP2) 30” x 40” x 3” 135 Each

802-008-10 Pad for MQ-36 & MQ35 (C3030-3MP33) 30” x 40” x 3” 135 Each

802-027-10 Pad for GM 3/4 & Narrow, GM 6/8 & Narrow, GM 3,4,6,8 36” x 36” x 3” 146 Each

802-011-10 Pad for Power Cabinet Concrete Pole 120” x 8” x 8” 650 Each

802-015-10 Pad for MPC-3 & MPC-6 (Internal Meter Enclosure) 48” x 36” x 3” 195 Each

802-017-10 Pad for FNC-2000 & 3000-5016 w/ inserts 42” x 42” x 3” 199 Each

C. Vaults And Lid Kits

801-001-20 2436-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray 24” x 36” x 20” 55 Each

801-002-20 3636-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray 36” x 36” x 20” 71.5 Each

801-003-20 1730-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Green 17” x 30” x 20” 36.1 Each

801-005-20 1017-12 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray 10” x 17” x 14” 11 Each

Vaults and Pads

241

Specifications subject to change without notice.

MQ Series Enclosures

Battery Enclosures - Options

Part # 030-029-10 030-030-10

Model MQ-B8 MQ-B12

Main Application Battery Enclosure Battery Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D 30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

Enclosure Fan Cooling 035- 004 -20 “EFC-1” 035-004-20 “EFC-1”

8-battery 30 Amp 874-004-20 “BWK-8” 874-004-20 “BWK-8”

12-battery 30 Amp n/a 874-009-20 “BWK-12”

12-battery 30A Fused n/a 874-010-20 “BWK-12F”

Battery Enclosures - Standard

Part # 030-029-10 030-030-10

Model MQ-B8 MQ-B12

Main Application Battery Enclosure Battery Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D 30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

Internal Relay Rack - -

Power Supply Shelf - -

Battery Shelf X X

Life Saver Venting X X

Drop-In Doors X X

Ground Lug X X

Fastening Brackets - -

Internal Straps - -

Group 24 816

Group 27 or 31 812

AC Service External - -

AC Service Internal - -

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided

in enclosure

Part # Description UOM

030-029-10 Gray Battery Enclosure Each

030-030-10 Gray Battery Enclosure Each

Base Enclosure

Standard enclosure is gray powder coat

nish, optional colors are available.

Please call Customer Service for more

information. Enclosure includes 2 battery

trays, drop in doors with locks.

Part No. 030-029-10

This enclosure has the capability to hold 8

group 24, 27, or 31 batteries.

Part No. 030-030-10

This enclosure has the capability to hold 12

group 27, 31 batteries or 16 group 24, 27,

31 batteries.

MQ-B8 & MQ-B12

Battery Enclosure

Shown With Optional Equipment Installed

242

Specifications subject to change without notice.

MQ Series Enclosures

Part # Description Dimensions UOM

030-044-10 Gray Power Supply Enclosure 36”W x 35.00”H x 23” D Each

Base Enclosure

Standard enclosure is gray powder coat

nish, optional colors are available. Please

call Customer Service for more information.

Enclosure includes power supply shelf,

battery tray, drop in doors with locks,

and ground lug. This enclosure will

accommodate interior service disconnect.

This enclosure has the capability to hold 8

group 24 or 6 group 27 or 31 batteries.

MQ-35-IS (PS2-6) Power

Supply Battery Enclosure With

Interior Service

Shown With Optional Equipment Installed

Slack Storage Can Be Bolted Together W/ Power

Base Enclosure

Base Enclosure-Standard enclosure is gray

powder coat nish, optional colors are

available. Please call Customer Service for

more information. Enclosure includes power

supply shelf, battery tray, drop in doors

with 2 locks, rods to hang nodes & other

system equipment from, 4 velcro straps to

secure slack storage, and a ground lug. This

enclosure has the capability to hold 8 group

24, 27, or 31 batteries.

MQ-40-IS (PS2-6) Power Supply

Battery Enclosure With

Interior Service

Shown With Optional Equipment Installed

Please see options list and accessories page to specify components and other products you may need

Battery Enclosure With Interior Service

243

Specifications subject to change without notice.

MQ Series Enclosures

Part # 030-027-10 030-024-10 030-034-10 030-033-10 030-032-10 030-026-10 030-044-10 030-092-10

Model MQ-PS2-4 MQ-PS2-6 MQ-PS2-8 MQ-PS2-12 MQ-PSN-4 MQ-PSN-8 MQ-35-IS MQ-40

Main Application Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply,

Battery & Fiber

Node Enclosure

Power Supply,

Battery & Fiber

Node Enclosure

Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Power Supply

& Battery

Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 30.3”H x

36”W x 23”D

30.3”H x

36”W x 23”D

36”H x 36”W

x 25”D

36”H x 36”W

x 25”D

36”H x 36”W x

25”D

36”H x 36”W x

25”D

35”H x 36”W

x 23”D

40.7”H x

42”W x 25”D

Internal Relay Rack

Power Supply Shelf X X X X X X X X

Battery Shelf X X X X X X X X

Life Saver Venting X X X X X X X X

Drop-In Doors X X X X X X X X

Ground Lug X X X X X X X X

Fastening Brackets X X

Internal Straps X X

Group 24 3 or 4 8 8 16 4 8 8 8

Group 27 or 31 3 or 4 6 6 16 4 8 6 6

AC Service External X X X X X X X

AC Service Internal X

Standard MQ Enclosures - Options

Part # 030-027-10 030-024-10 030-034-10 030-033-10 030-032-10 030-026-10 030-044-10 030-092-10

Enclosure Fan Cooling 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20 035-004-20

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure

Standard MQ Enclosures - Standards

244

Specifications subject to change without notice.

MQ Series Enclosures

Custom MQ Enclosures - Standards

Part # 030-053-10 030-031-10 030-075-10

Model MQ-PS1-G MQ-FRM MQ-FRM

Main Application Generator Storage Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 36.16”H x 36”W x 23”D 36”H x 36”W x 25”D 36”H x 36”W x 25”D

Internal Relay Rack -10-32 rails 12-24 rails

Power Supply Shelf - - -

Battery Shelf - - -

Life Saver Venting X - -

Drop-In Doors X - -

Ground Lug X X X

Fastening Brackets - - -

Internal Straps - - -

Group 24 - - -

Group 27 or 31 - - -

AC Service External - - -

AC Service Internal - - -

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure

Custom MQ Enclosures - Options

Part # 030-053-10 030-031-10 030-075-10

Model MQ-PS1-G MQ-FRM MQ-FRM

Main Application Generator Storage Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

Overall Dimensions 36.16”H x 36”W x 23”D 36”H x 36”W x 25”D 36”H x 36”W x 25”D

Enclosure Fan Cooling 035-004-20 “EFC-1” 035-004-20 “EFC-1” 035-004 -20 “EFC-1”

120V, 20A Standard n/a 035-001-10 “SQD-1” 035-001-10 “SQD-1”

120V, 20A Hi Inrush n/a 035-001-11 “SQD-1HM” 035-001-11 “SQD-1HM”

240V, 20A 1 Outlet n/a 035-002-10 “SQD-2” 035- 002-10 “SQD-2”

240V, 20A Dual Outlet n/a 035-009-10 “SQD-3” 035- 009-10 “SQD-3”

120V, 20A Duplex n/a 035-007-10 “DOK-1” 035-007-10 “DOK-1”

240V, 15A Duplex n/a 035-008-10 “DOK-2” 035-008-10 “DOK-2”

High Brightness n/a 035-003-10 “ELK-1” 035-003-10 “ELK-1”

Economy n/a 035-015-10 “ELK-E” 035-015-10 “ELK-E”

Single Light n/a 035-036-20 “SIL-E” 035-036-20 “SIL-E”

245

Specifications subject to change without notice.

MQ Series Enclosures

MQ30 Pedestals

Stock ID 744 -173-P1

Model # MQ30-PED36

Description Pedestal Raises Enclosure 6” to a height of 36”

UOM Each

Stock ID 744 -172-P1

Model # MQ30-PED48

Description Pedestal Raises Enclosure 18” to a height of 48”

UOM Each

MQ36 Pedestal

Stock ID 744 -170 -P1

Model # MQ36-PED48

Description Pedestal Raises Enclosure 12” to a height of 48”

UOM Each

Cable Riser Kit

Stock ID 035-020-10

Model # MQ-CRK-30

Description Raises Meter Base to Required Height - MQ30

UOM Each

Patented Vented Battery Tray

Our patented vented battery trays provide precise

and ecient air-ow to keep batteries within the

optimum operating temperature range. Contact

your sales person for more information.

MQ Cabinet Options

246

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Terms and Conditions of Sale

Printed in China

Terms And Conditions Of Sale

Price and Payment: All prices, unless otherwise stated, are F.O.B. shipping point and are exclusive of any federal, state, local or other taxes. Any applicable taxes are

the responsibility of the Purchaser and shall be added to the invoice unless MULTILINK is provided the appropriate, valid exemption certicate by Purchaser. All

prices are subject to change without notice. Shipments of ten percent (10%) more or less than the order quantity constitute completed orders, unless previously

agreed to by both Purchaser and MULTILINK.

Invoices are payable in full within thirty (30) days following invoice date. A discount of one percent (1%) is allowable on invoices paid within (10) days following

invoice date: this discount also applies to those orders shipped C.O.D. or cash in advance. Invoices outstanding past thirty (30) days following invoice date will

be subject to a late payment charge of one and one half percent (1-1/2%) per month. Failure to pay any invoice by its due date makes subsequent invoices due

immediately regardless of the terms herein. MULTILINK may option to withhold subsequent shipments until the account in question is settled to MULTILINK’S

satisfaction.

Acceptance: All orders subject to acceptance by MULTILINK. Once placed and accepted, any order may be cancelled only upon terms exempting MULTILINK against

all loss with the consent of MULTILINK.

Title and Risk of Loss: Title and risk of loss on all material sold by MULTILINK shall pass to Purchaser upon delivery of said materials to a common carrier regardless of

freight terms stated or method of payment of transportation charges.

Transportation charges: Most shipments are via United Parcel Service and are prepaid and billed; however, MULTILINK reserves the right to specify routing of

shipments. Truck shipments will be made prepaid.

Non-conformance return: All materials sold by MULTILINK are non-returnable except for manufacturing defects. Upon receipt of materials, the customer will have

30 days to make a viable claim for non-conformance. Any material shown to MULTILINK’S satisfaction to be non-conforming at time of shipment will be replaced.

MULTILINK will then render credit for the returned goods, provided MULTILINK shall not be responsible for claims beyond replacement value of the defective

material. Before returning any material, Purchaser must obtain written material return authorization from MULTILINK.

Express warranties: MULTILINK warrants that the goods are free from any material defect in workmanship and materials under normal and proper usage for a

period of one year from the date of shipment by MULTILINK. Purchaser acknowledges that no sample or model of the goods, nor any sales literature, proposals,

projections, or engineering data regarding the goods are any part of the basis of the bargain between the parties. Purchaser has made, and relies solely upon, its

own determination of the suitability, compatibility, performance, and uses of the goods, and acknowledges to MULTILINK that the Purchaser does not rely upon any

oral or written representations or statements by MULTILINK regarding the goods, other than as expressly set forth in this Contract.

Disclaimer of Implied Warranties: IN ALL EVENTS, WITH RESPECT TO ALL GOODS SOLD, MULTILINK DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Limitation of Damages: IF MULTILINK BREACHES OR REPUDIATES THIS CONTRACT BY REASON OF ANY DEFECT IN THE GOODS SOLD, THEN PURCHASER IS NOT

ENTITLED TO, AND WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO RECOVER, ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS. Purchaser has carefully

considered this limitation and is willing to bear the entire defective.

Purchaser’s Exclusive Remedy: IF MULTILINK BREACHES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE, THEN PURCHASER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY IS TO DEMAND THAT

MULTILINK, AT MULTILINK’S COST, REPAIR THE GOODS, OR REPLACE THE GOODS IF, AFTER A REASONABLE NUMBER OF ATTEMPTS, THEY CANNOT BE REPAIRED. In

lieu of making any repair or replacement of the Goods, Multilink may elect to refund the total purchase price, in full satisfaction of all obligations owed to Purchaser

by reason of such breach, in which case Multilink’s duty to pay the refund will be conditioned upon Purchaser permitting Multilink to inspect and take possession of

the Goods.

Statute of Limitations: The parties desire to reduce the period of limitations to one year. Accordingly, a party must commence a cause of action for a breach of this

Contract, including a breach of warranty, within one year after the cause of action has accrued.

Entire Agreement: Any term or condition contained in Purchaser’s purchase order, acknowledgement form, conrmation or any other document issued by

Purchaser that conicts with any term of this Contract, or that adds to MULTILINK’S obligations under this Contract, is not part of this Contract and is not binding

upon MULTILINK unless specically identied and accepted in writing by an ocer of MULTILINK. This document, including any attachments, embodies the entire

agreement of the parties as to the subject matter contained in this document. There are no promises, terms, conditions, or obligations between the parties

regarding the subject matter of this Contract other than those contained in this document, including any attachments. This Contract supersedes all previous

communications, representations, or agreements, either verbal or written, between the parties, including any correspondence, proposals, quotes, brochures,

samples, models, or specication sheets, or any other oral or written statements or representations made by any MULTILINK salesmen. Accordingly, the parties shall

request that any court or tribunal called upon to consider and enforce this Contract strictly apply the “parol evidence” rule. No course of prior dealings between the

parties and no usage of trade is relevant to supplement or explain any term of this Contract.

Modication of Contract: No amendment, modication, change or discharge of any term or provision of this Contract will be valid or binding on either party,

and no waiver of any of the terms of this Contract will be valid or binding on either party, unless it is in writing and signed by all of the parties; and with respect to

MULTILINK, signed by an ocer of MULTILINK.

Non-Waiver: Failure of MULTILINK or any of its agents or representatives to comply with any of the terms or conditions herein or failure to properly notify Purchaser

of any breach of these conditions shall not be deemed a waiver of any right MULTILINK has to insist upon strict compliance of these terms and conditions in

subsequent agreements.

Force Majeur: MULTILINK shall not be liable for any loss, damage, delay, change in shipment schedule or failure to deliver caused by accident, re, strike, riot, civil

commotion, insurrection, war, the elements, embargo, failure of carrier, inability to obtain transportation facilities, government requirements, acts of God or public

enemy, previous commitments to customers or limitations on MULTILINK’S or its suppliers’ products or marketing activities or any other cause or contingency

beyond MULTILINK’S control.

Freight Policy: Orders are shipped via best method as determined by MULTILINK unless specied by the Customer. Freight bills will be prepaid if shipped via

common carrier under the condition that freight bills will be paid in net 7 days per ICC regulations. MULTILINK reserves the right to charge a handling fee.

Returns must be in original cartons, in resell able condition, and sent prepaid. (If merchandise was shipped to customer via UPS, it must be returned via UPS). All

returns must be made within a 60-day limit and are subject to a 25% restocking charge (Special order and custom orders are non-refundable).

Claims for Shortages or Damages: Claims must be made within seven days of invoice date. All freight damages and shortages should be led with the carrier within

seven days.

Back Orders: All back orders will be retained and shipped on arrival unless otherwise notied.

NO SALESMAN, DISTRIBUTOR, REPRESENTATIVE OR OTHER AGENT IS AUTHORIZED BY MULTILINK TO GIVE ANY WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE CONTRARY TO THE

STATEMENTS MADE HEREIN.

247

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Product Detail Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation